Skip to main content

Full text of "The Improvement Era"

See other formats


iVA" 


1897-1937 


Right   in  Your   Own   Neighborhood 


WASHINGTON 


VIRGINIA 


QUEBEC 


OREGON 

AND  DEATH  VALLEY  •  MEXICO  CITY 
GRAND  CANYON  •  LAKE  LOUISE 
THOUSAND  ISLANDS  •  NEW  ORLEANS 
SHELL  WILL  PLAN  YOU  TRIPS  TO 
THESE,  AND  OTHER   SCENIC   WONDERS.. 

ASK  SHELL! 


CALIFORNIA 

JUST  down  the  street  from  you 
is  a  Shell  dealer.  Every  kind 
of  motor  travel  information  is 
at  his  finger-tips. 

Perhaps  you  plan  a  week-end 

trip.   Maybe  a   long  vacation. 

Whichever  it  is,  let  your  Shell 

dealer  work  out  your  complete 

route.  Show  you  the  best  roads 

to  take.  Suggest  points  of  interest  along  the  way  you 

shouldn't  miss  seeing.  And  a  dozen  and  one  other  helps 

to  make  your  journey  pleasant. 

No  charge  for  this  service.  Simply  drive  in  when  you 
are  ready.  Ask  all  the  questions  you  want.  Get  all  the 
help  you  need.  And  when  you  are  on  your  happy  way, 
you  will  find  Shell  "Travel  Bureaus"  all  along  the  route. 

NO  "GUESS-AND-TALK"  SERVICE 

Your  neighborhood  Shell  dealer  bases  his  advice  on  Shell  Finger-Tip 
Travel  Information  reference  books,  Shell  State  highway  maps, 
Shell  Metropolitan  street  maps,  the  famous  Shell  Directories  that 
list  hotels,  resorts,  auto  courts,  trailer  parks.  And  on  his  direct 
contact  with  Shell  Touring  Headquarters. 


Touring  Service 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


[Portrait  of  a  JLadyi   .    .    . 


th 


en 


and 


Thrilling  similarity  of  the  mode 
.  .  .  the  I897  hip  -  length 
basque  that  made  grandma 
such  a  charming  lady,  in  a 
new  1 937  version  that  wi 
make  you  charming  too.  Stun- 
ning two  piece  olive  green 
sheer  wool  costume  with 
black  satin  blouse  and  black 
persian  cloth  trim,  $29.75. 
Black  felt  hat  with  persian 
trim,  $5.00.  Matrix  shoes, 
black  suede  with  clever 
stitching,  $8.75.  Black  suede 
bag,    $3.98.     Gloves    $2.98. 


ZCM 


America's  First  Department  Store 


657 


87  Years  of  Transportation  Progress 


The  Mormon  Trail  still  was 
dusty  with  wagon  trains  when 
the  Aurora  Branch  Railroad, 
forerunner  of  the  Burlington, 
commenced  operations  over 
strap-iron  rails  on  September  2, 
1850. 

A  dozen  years  after  the  exo- 
dus from  Nauvoo,  Burlington 
rails  were  following  the  fresh 
ruts  of  Mormon  wagon  trains 
westward  across  Iowa. 

The  Spring  of  1882  saw  the 
Burlington  in  Denver — a  new 
transportation  artery  dedicated 
to  the  development  of  the  Rocky 
Mountain  West. 

By  the  Fall  of  1897,  when  the 
Improvement  Era  was  founded 
by  Heber  I.  Grant,  the  Bur- 
lington had  become  a 
transportation   system 
operating  more   than 
7,000  miles  of  rail- 
road. We  thought  we 
had  come  a  long  way. 


But,  as  the  last  40  years  have 
eloquently  proved,  the  growth 
of  the  West  and  the  Burlington 
had  just  begun.  Population, 
industry  and  agriculture  have 
doubled,  trebled,  quadrupled. 
The  Burlington  Lines  have  ex- 
panded to  12,000  miles,  reach- 
ing 14  states.  Freight  and  pass- 
enger trains  operate  at  speeds 
undreamed  of  a  few  short  years 
ago.  Travelers  aboard  luxurious 
streamline  Zephyrs  now  traverse 
in  fleeting  hours  distances  that 
took  intrepid  emigrants  weary 
weeks. 

Again  we  say  that  we  have 
come  a  long  way,  much  of  it 
together,  and  the  Burlington 
takes  this  occasion  of  the  40th 
anniversary  of  the  Improvement 
Era  to  salute  its  friends  and 
patrons  in  the  Rocky 
Mountain  West,  and  to 
predict  that  40  years 
hence  we  can  repeat: 
"We  have  come  a 
long   way." 


(grating  (&txtb$ 

featuring  the  smartest  lines 
available.  Outstanding,  beau- 
tiful. Over  1000  styles  from 
which  to  select. 

CHRISTMAS  CARDS  that  are 
distinctive  and  personally  im- 
printed. Priced 

50  for $1.00 

25  for ..$1.79 

25  for .__ $1.95 

(And  up  to  $50.00  per  100) 

PEMBROK   E 

24  East  Broadway— Salt  Lake  City 


658 


WHAT  LEADERS  ARE  SAYING 

Burley,    Idaho. 
September   18,    1937. 
"Every    number    of   the   Era,   beginning 
with  volume  one,  has  come  to  our  home. 
Were  my  wishes  granted,  the  Era  would 
be  found  in  every  Latter-day  Saint  home 
in  our  stake.     There  could  not  be  greater 
spiritual    help.      My    bound    volumes    are 
invaluable  as  reference  books. 
"Sincerely, 
(Signed)  David  R.  Langlois" 

President  of  Burley  Stake. 

Overton,  Nevada, 
September  17,  1937 
"As  a  missionary  from  November,  1899, 
to  March,  1902,  the  Era  came  as  one  visiting 
from  home.     It  has  been  a  member  of  our 
family  since   1904.     We  have  enjoyed  its 
pages,   and   appreciate   its   influence.      Our 
aim  in  the  Moapa  Stake  is  to  have  an  Era 
in  every  home. 
"Respectfully, 
( Signed )  Willard  L.  Jones," 

President  of  Moapa  Stake, 

September  25,  1937. 

"The  success  of  the  Long  Beach  Stake  in 
placing  The  Improvement  Era  in  the  homes 
of  Latter-day  Saints  is  due  principally  to 
the  firm  conviction  we  have  that  The  Im~ 
provement  Era  is  the  greatest  missionary 
force  in  the  Church  today. 

"Many  of  our  families  would  no  more 
think  of  refusing  to  subscribe  for  the  Bra 
than  they  would  to  turn  down  an  official 
call  for  missionary  service.  We  know 
that  homes  where  the  Era  is  received  and 
read  enjoy  rich  spiritual  blessings  which 
would  not  come  to  them  otherwise. 

"Our  Stake  Era  Director  is  a  man  whose 
life's  profession  is  salesmanship  and  he 
has  accepted  the  appointment  of  Era  Direc- 
tor as  a  call  to  missionary  service.  The 
Lord  is  blessing  him  with  the  ability  to 
instill  into  the  hearts  of  his  co-workers  the 
spirit  of  missionary  service  of  the  Era. 
Recently  upon  his  recommendation  the  new 
group  of  Stake  Missionaries  adopted  the 
placement  of  Eras  as  their  special  mission- 
ary project  during  the  winter.  We  are 
looking  for  some  pleasant  surprises  from 
this  source. 

"With  sincere  appreciation  for  the  out- 
standing magazine  you  are  giving  us, 

"Sincerely  your  brother, 
(Signed)  /.  W.Jones" 

President  of  Long  Beach  Stake. 

July  22,  1937. 
"...  I   know  of  no  magazine  of  equal 
standard  and  the  quality  of  the  material  is 
unsurpassed.     I  congratulate  you  and  wish 
you  continued  success. 

"Your  brother  in  the  Gospel, 
(Signed)  George  Albert  Smith." 

Of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve. 
{Continued  on  page  660) 

The  "Era"  Advertisers  Merit  Your  Patronage. 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


JhsL  "ERA'S 


// 


J>ihAt  SavinqA  Sank 


First  Zion's  Savings  Bank  ad  in  Volume  L  Number  1, 
of  the  Era.  40  Years  Ago 

SAVE  YOUR  MONEY  AND  WHEN  YOU  GET  A  DOLLAR 


D 
E 
P 
O 
S 
I 
T 

I 

T 

W 
I 

T 
H 


DIRECTORS: 

Wilford  Woodruff, 

President. 

George  Q.  Cannon, 

1  ice  -President, 

George  M.  Cannon, 
Cashier. 

Joseph  t.  Smith, 

Lorenzo  Snow, 

Francis  M.  Lyman, 

Beber  J,  Grant, 

Angus  M .  Cannon, 

T.  G.  Webber, 

James  Jack, 

B.  B.  GlmrsoB, 

George  Reynold*, 

L.  John  KoUall. 


ZION'S  SAVINPS  BVNK  AND  TRUST0  COMPANY, 

1,  3,  &  5  MAIN  ST.,  SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH, 


Forty  years  ago,  the  same  year  in  which  the  Brigham  Young  Monument 
was  unveiled  on  Zion's  Savings  Bank  corner,  this  bank  extended  the 
hand  of  fellowship  to  the  infant  magazine,  The  Improvement  Era. 
"Zion's"  believed  in  the  need  for  such  a  magazine  and  in  the  ability  of 
its  business  and  editorial  staffs,  which  included  Heber  J.  Grant  and 
Thomas  Hull,  business  managers,  and  Joseph  F.  Smith  and  B.  H.  Roberts, 
editors. 

In  the  very  first  issue,  Zion's  Savings  Bank  5c  Trust  Company  became 
the  magazine's  first  savings  bank  advertiser.  A  copy  of  this  ad  is  repro- 
duced above.  The  message  of  that  ad,  and  the  bank's  same  message 
to  "Era"  readers  after  40  years,  is, 

Save  your  money  and  deposit  it  with 

ZION'S  SAVINGS  BANK  &  TRUST  CO. 

MAIN  AT  SOUTH  TEMPLE— SALT  LAKE  CITY 


OFFICERS 


HEBER  J.  GRANT 
JOHN     F.     BENNETT 
GEORGE  S.   SPENCER 
WILLARD    R.    SMITH 
WILLIAM  McEWAN     - 
J.    FORBES    DONE 
WM.    T.    PATRICK 
CLARON   O.  SPENCER 


PRESIDENT 

VICE-PRESIDENT 

VICE-PRESIDENT 

CASHIER 

ASST.  CASHIER  &  TRUST  OFFICER 

ASST.  CASHIER 

ASST.  CASHIER 

ASST.  TRUST  OFFICER 


HEBER   J.    GRANT 
ASAHEL  H.  WOODRUFF 
LEWIS   TELLE   CANNON 
JOHN    F.    BENNETT 


DIRECTORS 

ARTHUR    WINTER  GEORGE  S.    SPENCER 

WILLARD    T.    CANNON  WALDEMAR    VAN    COTT 

JOSEPH    FIELDING    SMITH  GEORGE    J.    CANNON 

WILLARD    R.    SMITH  ORVAL    W.    ADAMS 


J.    REUBEN    CLARK, 
DAVID    O.    MCKAY 
HERBERT    A.    SNOW 


JR. 


659 


3<tfdisdk.  dnmvajuwu^  Q&auul,  1897-1937 

T^HmprooementCra 


'The  Glory  of  God  is  Intelligence" 


NOVEMBER,    1937 


VOLUME    4  0 


NUMBER    11 


THE    VOICE    OF    THE    CHURCH' 


OFFICIAL  ORGAN  OF  THE  PRIESTHOOD  QUORUMS, 
MUTUAL  IMPROVEMENT  ASSOCIATIONS,  DEPART- 
MENT OF  EDUCATION,  MUSIC  COMMITTEE,  WARD 
TEACHERS,  AND  OTHER  AGENCIES  OF  THE  CHURCH 
OF     JESUS     CHRIST     OF     LATTER-DAY     SAINTS. 


Heber  J. 

Grant, 

John  A. 

Widtsoe, 

Editors 

Richard  L.  Evans, 

Managing 

Editor 

Marba  C 

Josephson, 

Associate 

Editor 

George   Q. 

Morris,   General   Mg 

r. 

Clarissa    A, 

Beesley,    Associate 

Mgr. 

J.  K.  Orton 

,  Business  Mgr. 

TABLE    OF    CONTENTS 


cJhe  Editors  [Page 


A  Call  to  Church  Leaders Heber  J.  Grant  665 


(church  C/ea  tares 


The  Church  Looks  Into  the  Future J.  Reuben  Clark,  Jr.  666 

President  Grant's  First  Era  Article 670 

From  the  Presiding  Councils  and  Auxiliaries 682 

The  Log  of  a  European  Tour ..Lucy  Grant  Cannon  688 

What  Church  Leaders  Are  Saying 658,  660,  695 

Interior  Views  of  the  Manti,  Utah,  and  Alberta,  Canada, 

Temples .690,  691 

The  Era's  Three  Decades  as  the  Organ  of  the  Priesthood. ...  693 
Some  Facts  About  the  Church  Forty  Years  Ago — And  Now, 
669;  Church  Moves  On,  694;  Priesthood:  Melchizedek,  700; 
Aaronic,  701;  Ward  Teaching,  702;  Mutual  Messages:  Ex- 
ecutives, 704;  Adults,  705;  Seniors,  705;  M  Men,  705; 
Gleaners,  706;  M  Men-Gleaners,  706;  Juniors,  707;  Scouts, 
707. 

Special  6/eatures 

Forty  Years  of  Change Glynn  Bennion  672 

Forty  Years  of  Service Harrison  R.  Merrill  678 

A  Woman  of  Vision.. .Marba  C,  Josephson  684 

Ensign  Challenges Richard  L.  Evans  686 

On  the  Book  Rack,  697;  Homing,  698;  Exploring  the  Uni- 
verse, Franklin  S.  Harris,  Jr.,  703;  Your  Page  and  Ours,  728; 
Index  to  Advertisers,  709. 

(bditortais 

Forty  Years John  A.  Widtsoe  692 

A  Woman's  Changed  World Marba  C.  Josephson  692 

cftction,  [Poetry,  Cross word  [Puzzle 

Frontispiece Heber  J.  Grant  663 

The  Outlaw  of  Navajo  Mountain Albert  R.  Lyman  676 

Two  Brothers — A  Short  Short  Story     Helen  Tenna  Tyree  683 

A  Good  Investment Gilbert  H,  Andrews  687 

Poetry  Page,  696;  Shining  Faith,  Ruby  W.  Simmerman,  702; 
Scriptural  Crossword  Puzzle,  716. 


oJhe  Co 


vet' 


Our  Fortieth  Anniversary  cover  was  drawn  by  The  Improvement  Era's  staff  artist, 
Fielding  K.  Smith.  It  uses  the  architecture  of  the  Latter-day  Saint  Temples  as 
the  symbol  of  forty  years  of  change  and  progress.  The  lower  figure  is  the  profile  of 
the  Manti,  Utah,  Temple,  with  its  Nineteenth  Century  architecture.  The  spires  of  the 
Salt  Lake  Temple  break  through  the  center,  and  the  top  figure  is  an  exaggerated 
conception  of  the  L.  D.  S.  Alberta  Temple  (Cardston,  Canada)  showing  what  may 
well  be  the  temple  of  the  future.  The  horse  and  buggy  below  and  the  airplane  above 
show  through  what  era  our  people  have  seen  the  world  progress,  in  their  travel  to 
and  from  the  Temples  of  the  Living  God. 

660 


WHAT  LEADERS  ARE  SAYING 

(Continued  from  page  658) 

July  23,    1937. 

"...  I  sincerely  congratulate  you 
together  with  your  associates  on  the 
way  in  which  you  are  directing  the 
affairs  of  the  Era. 

"May  the  future  be  full  of  joy  and 
success  for  you  and  your  co-workers. 

'Sincerely  your  brother, 

(Signed)  Reed  Smoot." 

Of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve. 

London,  W.  C.  1, 
July  9,  1936. 
"...   I      congratulate     you      most 
heartily  upon  the  growing  popularity 
of  the  Era. 

"With  cordial  good  wishes. 
"Sincerely  your  brother, 
(Signed)  Joseph  F.  Merrill," 

Of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve. 

5  Gordon  Square, 
London,  W.  C.  1, 
August  31,  1937. 
"The  Era  is  glorious.     We  enjoy  it 
immensely. 

"Very  sincerely  yours, 
(Signed)         Amy  Brown  Lyman," 

Directing    Women   Activities 
in  Europe. 

Minneapolis,  Minnesota, 
September,  1937. 
"It  has  been  my  good  fortune  to  re- 
ceive every  number  of  the  Era  pub- 
lished. The  North  Central  States  Mis- 
sion considers  the  Era  'The  Voice  of 
the  Church,'  the  second  best  literature 
agency  for  stimulating  life  in  the  mis- 
sion, and  for  converting  souls,  the 
Book  of  Mormon  alone  excepted. 

"Sincerely  yours, 
(Signed)    '  D.  A.  Broadbent," 

President  of  the  North  Central 
States  Mission. 

{Continued  on  page  695) 

EXECUTIVE    AND    EDITORIAL 

OFFICES: 
50    North    Main     Street,     Salt    Lake 

City,    Utah 

Copyright  1937,  by  the  Young  Men's  Mutual 
Improvement  Association  Corporation  of  the 
Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints. 
All  rights  reserved.  Subscription  price,  $2.00 
a  year,   in  advance;  20c  Single  Copy. 

Entered  at  the  Post  Office,  Salt  Lake  City, 
Utah,  as  second-class  matter.  Acceptance  for 
mailing  at  special  rate  of  postage  provided 
for  in  section  1103,  Act  of  October,  1917, 
authorized   July   2,    1918. 

The  Improvement  Era  is  not  responsible 
for  unsolicited  manuscripts,  but  welcomes  con- 
tributions. All  manuscripts  must  be  accompanied 
by  sufficient  postage  for  delivery  and  return. 

A  MAGAZINE  FOR  EVERY 
MEMBER   OF   THE   FAMILY 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


-N^SSSS 


Congratulations  to  the  Improvement  Era  on  its  fortieth  birthday! 

Forty  years  have  wrought  many  changes,  one  of  the  most  beneficial  of  which  is  im- 
provement in  standards  of  living. 

As  we  glance  back  into  our  "yesterdays"  there  will  always  be  many  cherished  mem- 
ories— but  who  would  wish  to  return  to  the  discomforts  and  inconveniences  of  those 
"good  old  days"  of  the  nineties? 

In  the  "better  homes"  of  forty  years  ago  there  might  have  been  found  a  single  drop 
cord,  in  each  room,  with  an  old-style  carbon  bulb,  switched  on  and  off  at  the  lamp. 
In  many  homes  the  lighting  was  not  even  that  far  advanced.  The  coal  oil  lamp  was 
still  the  only  source  of  artificial  light.    Housework  was  back-breaking  drudgery. 

It  is  difficult  now  to  imagine  a  return  to  those  conditions.  Today,  nowhere  is  the  full 
use  and  enjoyment  of  electricity  so  evident  as  in  the  homes  of  this  section.  Today 
practically  every  family  in  the  territory  we  serve  has  available  the  benefits  of  modem 
lighting,  scientifically  designed  for  protecting  eyesight  and  beautifying  the  home.  Today 
electric  servants  do  the  cooking,  refrigeration,  water  heating  and  perform  numerous 
other  household  tasks,  in  many,  many  thousands  of  these  homes — at  a  remarkably 
small  cost. 

Adequate,  dependable  and  low-cost  Electric  Service  has  made  today's  home  more 
than  a  place  in  which  to  live.  The  home  of  today  has  become  a  place  in  which  to 
enjoy  living. 


,.-•    \^N.N\X 


Electricity  is  the  Biggest  Bargain  in  the  Home 


UTAH  POWE 


LIGHT  CO 


The  Advertisers  of  the  "Era"  Merit  Your  Support. 


661 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


asolinean 


J  Oil 


have  chanqed ,  too  j 


•  your  sleek  streamlined 
automobile  with  its  high-compression,  smooth-running  en- 
gine, could  not  have  been  developed  without  the  advances 
that  have  been  made  in  refining  gasoline  and  motor  oil. 
In  the  intermountain  territory,  Pep  88  and  Vico  set  the  pace 
for  modern  performance.  These  products  are  made  in  one 
of  America's  most  modern  refineries  where  the  latest  devel- 
opments of  science  are  utilized  to  produce  gasoline  and  oil 
that  give  you  enjoyable  and  economical  motoring. 

UTAH   OIL   REFINING  COMPANY 

STATIONS   EVERYWHERE   IN   UTAH   AND    IDAHO 


662 


Deseret  News  Photo. 


PRESIDENT  HEBER  J  GRANT 

|  W/ORLD  nea<^  0/  ^ne  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints  and 

beloved  leader  of  his  people  as  he  appears  seated  at  his  desk  in  the 
Church  Office  building,  Salt  Lake  City,  as  he  approaches  the  Eighty-first 
Anniversary  of  his  birth  which  occurs  November  22,  1937, 

663 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


Mural  in  the  Union  Pacific  Depot,  Salt- 
Lake  City,  showing  the  driving  of  the 
golden  spike  at  Promontory,  Utah,  in 
1 869,  which  marked  the  beginning  of 
transcontinental  railroad  service  in  the 
United   States. 


(JN  behalf  of  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad  and  its 
employees,  I  am  happy  to  extend  greetings  and 
best  wishes  to  President  Heber  J.  Grant  and  the 
great  Mormon  people  and  to  heartily  congratu- 
late The  Improvement  Era  on  its  Fortieth 
Anniversary. 


President 


UNION  PACIFIC  RAILROAD 
OMAHA,  NEBRASKA 


Mural  in  the  Union  Pacific  Depot  in 
Salt  Lake  City  depicting  the  con- 
quest of  the  Inland  West  by  Brigham 
Young  and  the  Mormon  people. 


664 


Jb^^kuAdv 


n 


N< 


o  man  can  proclaim  this  gospel 
by  the  Spirit  of  the  Living  God 

unless  that  man  is  living  his  religion." 


BY 


PRESIDENT  HEBER  J.  GRANT 


observe  the 
and  we  ask 
the  Church 


O' 


ut  of  the  108th 
ference,   held  in 
Salt  Lake  City,  October  1st 
elusive,  there  came  from  the 


I  am  very  pleased  indeed  to  express  my  deep  ap- 
preciation of  our  Conference,  from  start  to 
finish. 

I  am  grateful  for  the  Gospel  of  Jesus  Christ. 
am  thankful   for  the  devotion  of  the 
Saints  as  a  whole. 

I  announced  here  at  the  Priesthood  meeting  last 
night  and  I  decided  to>  announce  it  again  that 
we  expect  all  the  General  Officers  of  the  Church, 
each  and  every  one  of  them,  from 
this  very  day,  to  be  absolute,  full- 
tithepayers,  to  really  and  truly 
Word  of  Wisdom; 
all  of  the  officers  of 
and  all  members  of 
the  General  Boards,  and  all  Stake 
and  Ward  officers,  if  they  are  not 
living  the  Gospel  and  honestly 
and  conscientiously  paying  their 
tithing,  to  kindly  step  aside,  un- 
less from  this  day  they  live  up  to 
these  provisions. 

We  have  undertaken  a  most 
stupendous  work  and  there  will  be 
no  difficulty  whatever  in  carrying  out  that  great 
work.  We  will  have  an  abundance  to  take  care  of 
every  living  Latter-day  Saint  who  is  in  distress. 
Mind  you,  when  I  say  Latter-day  Saint  I  mean  Lat- 
ter-day Saint.  I  am  not  talking  about  idlers.  I  am 
not  talking  about  people  that  want  to  lie  down  and 
let  somebody  else  take  care  of  them — I  am  talking 
of  Latter-day  Saints.  If  the  people  will  pay  their 
tithing  and  if  they  will  keep  the  Word  of  Wisdom, 
and  will  actually,  really,  and  for  a  fact,  fast  two 
meals  once  a  month  and  give  the  equivalent,  we  will 
be  able  to  carry  forward  our  Security  Plan  without 
any  trouble  whatever. 

It  is  simply  marvelous  that  people  can  live  on 
eleven  cents,  some  of  them — two  meals  a  day  once 
each  month  for  twelve  months  in  the  year — twenty- 
four  meals  on  a  half  a  cent  a  meal.  [Or  at  least, 
so  their  fast  offerings  would  indicate.] 

We  feel  that  in  all  the  stakes  of  Zion,  every  stake 
president,  every  counselor  to  a  stake  president, 
every  stake  clerk,  and  every  high  councillor,  stand- 
ing at  the  head  of  the  people  in  the  stake — we  ask 
them  to  kindly  step  aside  unless  they  are  living  up 
to  these  laws.  They  are  given  the  responsibility 
of  presiding,  and  every  officer  who  is  a  presiding 
officer  should  say  from  today:  "I  am  going  to  serve 
the  Lord,  so  that  my  example  will  be  worthy  of 
imitation." 

No  man  can  teach  the  Word  of  Wisdom,  by  the 
Spirit  of  God,  who  does  not  live  it.  No  man  can 
proclaim  this  Gospel  by  the  Spirit  of  the  Living 
God  unless  that  man  is  living  his  religion;  and  with 
this  great  undertaking  that  we  have  before  us  now 


we  must  renew  our  loyalty  to  God,  and  I  believe 
beyond  a  shadow  of  doubt  that  God  inspires  and 
blesses,  and  multiplies  our  substance  when  we  are 
honest  with  Him.  We  do  not  want  in  this  day  a 
repetition  of  what  the  scriptures  tell  us  was  the 
condition  in  years  gone  by,  wherein  the  Lord  de- 
clares that  He  had  been  robbed,  because  of  the 
failure  of  the  people  to  live  the  financial  law  that 
God  has  revealed. 

Now,  I  pray  from  the  bottom  of  my  heart  that 
God  will  give  each  and  every  man  and  woman  who 
holds  an  office  in  any  stake  or  ward  the  spirit  and 
Latter-day  the  feeling  and  the  determination  from  this  day,  to 
renew  his  covenants  with  God,  to  live  his  religion; 
and  if  we  are  too  weak  to  do>  these  things,  we 
step  aside  and  let  somebody  else  take  our 


should 
place. 


Semi-annual  Con 
the  Tabernacle 

to  3rd  in- 
leaders  of 


in 


the  Church  such  messages,  spoken  with 
power  and  authority,  and  pertaining  so 
vitally  to  our  temporal  and  spiritual 
well-being,  that  all  of  them  should  be  in 
the  hands  of  every  member  of  the 
Church,  to  be  read  and  re-read.  Doubt- 
less the  most  significant  message  of  the 
Conference  was  the  one  reprinted  here 
which  President  Grant  left  sounding  in 
the  hearts  of  the  Latter-day  Saints  there 
assembled  as  he  closed  the  final  session. 


The  Word  of  Wisdom,  we  are 
told,  is  such  that  it  can  be  kept  by 
"the  weak  and  the  weakest  of  all 
Saints."  I  have  heard  that  some 
of  the  members  of  Boards,  after 
the  law  was  passed  legalizing 
beer,  said:  "Well,  I  do  declare, 
now  I  am  entitled  to  have  a  glass 
of  beer."  No  Latter-day  Saint  is 
entitled  to  anything  that  is  con- 
trary to  the  mind  and  will  of  the 
Lord,  and  the  Word  of  Wisdom 
is  the  mind  and  the  will  of  the 
Lord. 

I  want  you  to  know  that  this 
will  make  no  difference  to  me  personally,  but  as  the 
shepherd  of  the  flock,  the  day  has  come,  in  my 
judgment  and  in  the  judgment  of  my  associates, 
that  we  must  live  up  to  and  be  loyal  to  this  work 
and  serve  God  with  all  our  heart,  might,  mind,  and 
strength,  if  we  are  to  accomplish  what  the  Lord 
wants  us  to  do. 

I  thank  you  all  for  your  presence  here. 
I  thank  the  Lord  for  the  splendid  Conference 
we  have  had.  In  so  far  as  God  has  given  me 
the  power  to  do  so,  I  pray  God  to  bless  you 
one  and  all,  I  pray  God  to  bless  all  the 
Latter-day  Saints.  I  pray  God  to  bless  every 
soul  that  has  good  intentions,  and  to  strengthen 
him  and  her  in  their  determination  to  keep  the 
commandments  of  the  Lord.  I  love  the  Lord;  I 
love  the  Latter-day  Saints;  I  love  the  honest  the 
world  over;  I  have  no  animosity  against  any  living 
soul.  The  Gospel  of  Jesus  Christ  is  one  of  for- 
giveness of  wrong-doing.  It  is  a  part  of  the  Gospel 
to  forgive  those  who  have  done  wrong,  when  they 
repent,  but  "By  this  ye  may  know  if  a  man  re- 
penteth  of  his  sins — behold,  he  will  confess  them 
and  forsake  them."    He  will  do  them  no  more. 

The  time  has  expired. 

May  God's  blessing  be  with  each  and  all  of  you, 
and  with  all  the  Saints,  and  with  all  the  honest 
the  world  over,  I  pray  in  the  name  of  Jesus  Christ, 
our  Redeemer,    Amen. 

( These  were  the  President's  closing  words  at  the  108th 
Semi-annual  Conference  in  the  Tabernacle,  Salt  Lake  City, 
Sunday  afternoon,  October  3,  1937.) 


665 


3hjL  CHURCH  LOOKS 


By  J.  REUBEN  CLARK,  JR. 

Of  the  First  Presidency 


#1 


666 


I. 

The  days  of  our  infancy  and 
early  childhood  are  filled  with 
a  growing  awareness  of  time, 
space,  gravity,  the  elements,  and 
bodily  well-being;  and  thence  to  the 
grave  is  a  constant  struggle  to  over- 
come the  handicaps — the  inhibitions 
and  limitations — imposed  by  these 
physical  incidents  of  our  being.  To 
the  gaining  of  the  experiences  of 
mastering  these  incidents  must  be 
added  the  experiences  having  to  do 
with  making  the  biological  part  of 
man  articulate  and  with  the  cultiva- 
tion and  interchange  of  thought.  The 
nearer  comes  the  conquest  of  these, 
the  nearer  come  men  together,  and 
the  nearer  men  approach  one  an- 
other, the  nearer  comes  the  univer- 
sal brotherhood  of  men  and  their 
ultimate  perfection. 

But  whatever  may  be  the  con- 
quests of  man,  these  limitations  and 
inhibitions  remain  to  clog  his  ad- 
vance and  intercourse  with  others. 
Time,  space,  gravity,  the  elements, 
disease  are  constantly  with  him;  they 
assert  themselves  with  disaster  the 
instant  he  ignores  or  forgets  them. 
All  that  man  may  ever  do  is  to  es- 
cape or  thwart  their  operation  by 
the  use  of  other  laws.  In  so  far  as 
man  succeeds,  he  performs  miracles. 

During  the  ages,  man  has  gone 
long  distances  towards  his  ultimate 
conquest  of  all  these.  From  the 
shelter  of  a  tree  or  cave,  through  the 
lean-to,  the  log  hut,  the  adobe 
house,  to  the  giant  structure  of  steel, 
concrete,  and  glass,  housing  a  city 
within  its  four  walls;  from  the  lone 
footpath  in  the  forest,  through  the 
dirt  road,  the  dust  and  mud  of  the 
city  street,  the  paved  sidewalk,  the 
paved  thoroughfares,  to  the  great 
concrete  ribbon  spanning  a  conti- 
nent; from  the  pack  of  a  few  pounds 
on  a  man's  back,  through  the  oxcart, 
the  horse  and  buggy,  to  the  railroad 
with  its  thousands  of  tons,  and  the 
auto  truck;  from  the  fleetest  runner, 
through  the  pony  express,  the  fast 
mail  train,  to  the  airplane  traveling 
a  fourth  as  fast  as  the  earth  revolves 
on  its  axis;  from  the  shout  that,  with 
fair  air,  carried  a  few  hundred  feet, 
through  the  telephone  linking  cities, 
to  the  radio  carrying  the  voice  round 
the  globe  with  the  speed  of  light  (we 


have  yet  to  reach  the  speed  of 
thought);  from  the  passing  down 
of  story  and  song  by  word  of  mouth, 
through  the  invention  of  written 
characters,  the  writing  by  hand  on 
bulky  scrolls  of  parchment,  on  rush- 
es, on  paper,  then  to  the  printing 
press  with  its  plain  black  letters, 
through  woodcuts,  steel  engravings, 
lithographs,  photogravures,  to  gor- 
geous pages  in  natural  colors;  from 
the  mangled,  gangrenous  broken  leg 
demanding  a  life,  through  amputa- 
tion with  hideous  pain  without  an- 
esthetic, to  the  most  refined  and 
delicate  painless  operation  upon  the 
very  seat  of  the  mind  itself, — all 
these  but  indicate  man's  conquests 
of  his  inhibitions  and  limitations. 

Yet  time,  space,  gravity,  the  ele- 
ments, disease,  still  inexorably  rule 
the  world;  and  death  waits  patient- 
ly, silently,  at  the  end  of  the  path 
of  life.  So  shallow  is  man's  success 
that  a  faulty  iron  girder,  a  weak  rail 
joint,  a  loose  connection,  a  poorly 
tempered  wire  brace,  a  blundering 
blade,  and  his  conquest  is  swallow- 
ed up  without  a  ripple  in  the  ocean 
of  law  and  force  that  rules  the  uni- 
verse. Surely  man  should  make  his 
boasts  under  his  breath. 

But  however  stable  or  unstable, 
however  complete  or  incomplete 
these  conquests  may  be,  they  mark 
human  progress — how  great  rela- 
tively we  may  not  measure  for  we 
do  not  know  the  ultimate,  yet  man 
seems  to  have  come  great  distances. 
But  these  conquests  of  energy  and 
force  make  human  progress,  add 
to  human  comfort  and  well-be- 
ing, increase  knowledge  and  quicken 
intelligence,  and,  above  all  (and  this 
is  the  end  of  it  all)  promote  human 
happiness,  for  the  ancient  prophet 
declared  "Men  are  that  they  might 
have  joy."  Happiness  comes  in  pro- 
portion as  we  lift  ourselves  beyond 
the  reach  of  the  penalty  of  earth 
law;  and  perfection  comes  nearer 
with  happiness. 

Thus  all  knowledge  in  whatever 
field  it  may  rest,  all  uplifting  human 
experience,  all  the  ennobling  activi- 
ties of  men,  all  truths  of  the  uni- 
verse, aid  men  to  rise  above  and 
save  them  from  the  inhibitions  and 
limitations  of  the  flesh.  The  Psalm- 
ist of  old  sang  "The  law  is  the 
truth."  and  Tesus  said,     "Ye  shall 


NTO  THE  FUTURE 

THE  CHURCH,  ABSORBING  THE  TRUTH  OF 
THE  PAST,  WILL  MAKE  ITS  OWN  THE  TRUTH 
OF  THE  FUTURE  TO  THE  ULTIMATE 
PERFECTION  OF  ITS  MEMBERS. 


And  the  forward  look  finds  these  things 
to  be  true  even  as  they  have  been 
in  the  past 

hphat  while  man's  conquests  of  force 
and  energy  are  yet  shallow  and  un- 
stable, they  lead  him  upwards  towards 
perfection. 

HThAT    ALL    TRUTH    IS    INTEGRALLY    PART    OF 

the  Gospel  of  Jesus  Christ  and  leads 
#         us  towards  perfection. 

HThat  material  rewards  may  come  with- 
out EFFORT  OR  DESERVINGNESS — BUT  NOT 
m  SO  WITH  THINGS  OF  THE   SPIRIT. 


That    individualism    in    spirituality    is 


fundamental. 

rphat  the  physical  inhibitions  and  limi- 
tations of  the  flesh,  and  also  those 
encumbering  the  spirit  because  of  mor- 
tality, must  be  conquered  before  perfec- 
tion can  come. 

TThat  "this  Gospel  of  the  Kingdom  shall 
be  preached  in  all  the  world"— and 
that  "every  knee  shall  bow  and  every 
tongue  confess  that  jesus  is  the  christ," 
— the  Church  is  world-wide. 


know  the  truth,  and  the  truth  shall 
make  you  free." 

As  we  make  these  truths  our  own, 
so  perfection  approaches.  It  was 
by  His  perfect  knowledge  of  truth 
— and  He  said  to  Thomas,  "I  am 
the  way,  the  truth,  and  the  life"- — 
that  Jesus  turned  water  into  wine, 
multiplied  the  loaves  and  fishes,  es- 
caped from  the  threatening  mob  on 
the  edge  of  the  cliff  at  Nazareth  and 
again  within  the  temple  walls  at  Je- 
rusalem, that  took  Him  into  the 
room  with  closed  windows  and  doors 
to  visit  the  fearsome,  questioning, 
doubting  Apostles;  indeed,  that 
brought  Him  forth  from  the  tomb 
the  First  Fruits  of  the  Resurrection. 
He  had  said  to  the  angered  mob  in 
His  great  sermon  on  the  Good  Shep- 
herd: 

Therefore  doth  ray  Father  love  me,  be- 
cause I  lay  down  my  life,  that  I  might 
take  it  again.  No  man  taketh  it  from  me, 
but  I  lay  it  down  of  myself.  I  have 
power  to  lay  it  down,  and  I  have  power 
to  take  it  again.    This  commandment  have 


from      my     Father. 


{John 

'The 


I      received 
10:17-18) 

Hannah    prayed   of   old: 

Lord  is  a  God  of  knowledge." 

II. 

So  the  Church  and  its  members 
must  seek  for  and  cherish  knowl- 
edge; the  finding  and  learning  of 
truth  must  always  take  their  first 
thought,  because  knowledge  of  truth 
leads  toward  perfection,  and  the 
Master  said,  "Be  ye  perfect  even 
as  your  Father  in  Heaven  is  per- 
fect." 

Since  knowledge  of  truth  leads 
to  perfection,  and  since  the  Gospel 
is  God's  plan  to  bring  men  to  per- 
fection, our  affirmation  that  all  truth 
is  part  of  the  Gospel  becomes  clear, 
and  to  those  who  have  not  followed 
the  reasons,  the  declaration  of  our 
Articles  of  Faith  assumes  now  an 
added  meaning  when  we  say: 

Indeed  we  may  say  that  we  follow  the 

ILLUSTRATED   BY 

FIELDING  K.  SMITH 


' 


667 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


admonition  of  Paul — We  believe  all  things, 
we  hope  all  things,  we  have  endured  many 
things,  and  hope  to  be  able  to  endure  all 
things.  If  there  is  anything  virtuous,  love- 
ly or  of  good  report  or  praiseworthy,  we 
seek  after  these  things. 

Thus  the  Church  glories  in  all 
progress  and  advancement  in  sci- 
ence, in  art,  in  literature,  and  in 
every  avenue  of  human  endeavor 
and  activity,  for  every  conquest  of 
a  physical  inhibition  or  limitation 
upon  the  freedom  of  the  human 
soul  makes  for  perfection.  The 
Church  makes  its  own  every  truth 
that  comes.  It  casts  away  all  error. 
It  suspends  adoption  where  truth 
and  error  still  contend,  until  truth 
prevails  and  bares  her  face,  then  it 
takes  her  to  its  bosom  and  makes 
her  part  of  itself.  The  Church  takes 
all  things  of  material  progress  and 
uses  them  for  the  convenience,  com- 
fort, and  advancement  of  the  mem- 
bers, for  their  edification,  education, 
and  culture,  for  their  social  and  eco- 
nomic welfare  and  security;  no 
truth,  no  principle  of  well-being  or 
right  living  is  discountenanced, 
withheld,  or  forbidden.  This  has 
been  the  rule  of  the  Church  from 
the  beginning. 

III. 

Dut  the  things  already  spoken  of 
only  lead  out  toward  perfection 
but  not  to  it,  for  perfection  may  not 
be  reached  by  mastery  over  the  ma- 
terial things  alone. 

Perfection  means  also  the  subju- 
gation of  the  intellectual  and  spir- 
itual limitations  and  inhibitions 
which  are  incident  to  the  flesh. 

But  there  is  an  essential  and  fun- 
damental difference  between  con- 
quest and  achievement  in  the  phys- 
ical and  in  the  spiritual  world.  One 
need  not  do  the  works  of  Morse  or 
Edison  or  Marconi  in  order  fully 
to  enjoy  and  use  the  telegraph,  the 
telephone,  the  gramophone,  or  the 
radio;  nor  need  one  do  the  works 
of  the  Wrights  in  order  to  enjoy 
and  use  to  the  full  the  airplane.  The 
most  ignorant  and  depraved  of  men 
may  use  all  these  things  for  his  own 
purposes,  to  serve  his  own  ends, 
good  or  bad,  for  the  benefit  or  in- 
jury of  others,  as  fully  as  they  who 
made  them.  The  user  has  merely 
to  pay  the  money  price  and  then 
have  all  of  the  power,  all  the  effec- 
tive use  which  he  who  created  them 
had  or  can  have. 

So  likewise  it  is  with  the  works 
of  the  great  artists,  sculptors,  mu- 
sicians, dramatists,  and  men  of  let- 
ters. Save  only  the  creative  joy 
which  those  alone  who  make  may 
know,  these  masterpieces  may  be 
668 


fully  understood,  appreciated,  and 
enjoyed  by  any  one  without  doing 
the  works  of  the  creator. 

But  it  is  not  so  with  the  things 
of  the  spirit.  One  must  do  the  works 
of  Elijah  if  one  would  know  his  joy, 
have  part  in  his  blessings,  share  his 
glory,  exercise  his  power  and  au- 
thority, and  do  the  things  he  did. 
And  surely  the  power  to  bring  rain 
to  a  famine-stricken  land,  to  call 
down  fire  from  heaven,  to  cause  the 
starving  widow's  barrel  of  meal  not 
to  waste,  her  cruse  of  oil  not  to  fail, 
to  restore  to  life  her  dead  son,  to 
declare  the  past  and  foretell  the 
future — surely  these  things  are  be- 
yond compare;  they  may  not  be 
valued,  nor  purchased,  nor  hired; 
they  are  beyond  price.      Here  the 


works  and  the  use  are  companions 
that  never  part.  Do  Elijah's  works 
if  you  would  use  and  enjoy  his 
powers. 

So  it  comes  that  in  affairs  of  the 
spirit,  the  doing  of  the  works  and 
the  use  of  the  resulting  spiritual 
power,  are  not  only  inseparable  but 
wholly  individual.  They  axe  not 
to  be  bought  as  Elisha  taught 
Naaman  and  as  Simon  the  Sorcerer 
learned  from  the  rebuke  of  Peter: 
"Thy  money  perish  with  thee  be- 
cause thou  hast  thought  that  the 
gift  of  God  may  be  purchased  with 
money."  Save  for  the  atoning  sac- 
rifice of  the  Son  and  the  doing  of 
certain  initiatory  rites  for  the  dead 
( and  even  these  must  be  accepted 
and  adopted  by  the  dead),  nothing 
can  be  vicariously  done,  in  matters 
of  the  spirit,  by  one  for  another. 
Everyone  must  do  his  own  work, 
if  he  would  have  the  power  and 
authority. 

IV. 

Individualism  in  spirituality  is 
fundamental  to  Christianity.  Thus 
Jesus,  taking  leave  of  His  Apostles 
and  about  to  ascend  into  heaven, 
said  unto  them:  "Go  ye  into  all  the 
world  and  preach  the  Gospel  to 
every  creature;  he  that  believeth 
and  is  baptized  shall  be  saved,  and 
he     that     believeth     not     shall     be 


damned."  Jesus  had  earlier  said 
to  Nicodemus:  "Except  a  man  be 
born  of  water  and  of  the  Spirit, 
he  cannot  enter  into  the  kingdom 
of  God." 

The  Lord  has  many  times  re- 
peated these  same  injunctions  and 
principles  to  the  Latter-day  Church. 
There  can  be  no  question  but  that 
every  ear  must  hear  and  be  given 
the  choice  of  living  or  refusing  the 
Gospel. 

To  leave  no  doubt  in  the  minds 
of  the  Apostles  who  were  with  Him 
in  Palestine  that  He  meant  every 
creature  in  the  whole  world,  and 
not  merely  among  those  who  were 
called  His  chosen  people  —  Jesus 
declared  to  them  in  the  great  dis- 
course on  the  Mount  of  Olives; 

And  this  Gospel  of  the  Kingdom  shall 
be  preached  in  all  the  world,  for  a  wit- 
ness unto  all  nations:  and  then  shall  the 
end  come.     (Mart.  24:14.) 

In  this  day  the  Lord  has  declared 
the  Gospel  should  be  preached  "at 
all  times  and  in  all  places,"  "among 
all  nations,"  in  "all  the  world,"- — 
"and  for  this  cause,  that  men  might 
be  partakers  of  the  glories  which 
were  to  be  revealed."  Again  He 
declared,  speaking  to  the  Prophet 
in  relation  to  Sidney  Rigdon  and 
Frederick  G.  Williams: 

That  thereby  they  may  be  perfected  in 
their  ministry  for  the  salvation  of  Zion, 
and  of  the  nations  of  Israel,  and  of  the 
Gentiles,  as  many  as  will  believe. 

That  through  your  administration  they 
may  receive  the  word,  and  through  their 
administration  the  word  may  go  forth  unto 
the  ends  of  the  earth,  unto  the  Gentiles 
first,  and  then,  behold,  and  lo,  they  shall 
turn   unto    the   Jews. 

And  then  cometh  the  day  when  the 
arm  of  the  Lord  shall  be  revealed  in  power 
in  convincing  the  nations,  the  heathen  na- 
tions, the  house  of  Joseph,  of  the  Gospel 
of   their  salvation. 

For  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day, 
that  every  man  shall  hear  the  fulness  of 
the  Gospel  in  his  own  tongue,  and  in  his 
own  language,  through  those  who  are 
ordained  unto  this  power,  by  the  adminis- 
tration of  the  Comforter,  shed  forth  upon 
them  for  the  revelation  of  Jesus  Christ. 
{Doc  and  Cov.  90:8-11.) 

The  Lord  reiterated  these  funda- 
mentals time  and  again:  the  Gospel 
is  to  be  preached  "unto  Gentile  and 
unto  Jew;"  "the  poor  and  the  meek 
shall  hear  the  Gospel,"  and  "those 
who  sit  in  darkness  and  in  the  re- 
gion and  shadow  of  death." 

The  part  of  the  Church  in  all  this 
is  clear  and  explicit: 

For  verily,  the  sound  must  go  forth  from 
this  place  into  all  the  world,  and  unto 
the  uttermost  parts  of  the  earth.  (Doc.  and 
Cov.,  58:64.) 

And  again: 

Hearken,  and  lo,  a  voice  as  of  one  sent 
down  from  on  high,  who  is  mighty  and 
powerful,   whose   going    forth    is   unto   the 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


ends  of  the  earth,  yea,  whose  voice  is  unto 
men — Prepare  ye  the  way  of  the  Lord, 
make  His  paths  straight. 

The  keys  of  the  kingdom  of  God  are 
committed  unto  man  on  the  earth,  and 
from  thence  shall  the  Gospel  roll  forth 
unto  the  ends  of  the  earth,  as  the  stone 
which  is  cut  out  of  the  mountain  without 
hands  shall  roll  forth,  until  it  has  filled 
the  whole  earth. 

V. 

Co  the  Lord  has  spoken.   From  His 
words,  these  things  clearly  ap- 
pear: 

Every  man,  woman,  and  child, 
in  every  country,  Christian,  Hebrew, 
heathen,  must  hear  the  Gospel  in 
its  fullness — the  rich,  the  poor,  the 
meek,  the  haughty.  The  Lord  has 
expressly  told  us:  "I  am  no  respec- 
ter of  persons." 

Thus  every  person  shall  make 
his  own  mind  what  his  life  shall  be. 
None  shall  make  it  for  him.  Wheth- 
er he  will  be  satisfied  with  that  part 
of  salvation  which  pertains  to  the 
physical  world,  or  whether  he  shall 
go  on  and  add  to  this  the  salvation 
and  exaltation  of  the  spiritual  uni- 
verse, is  for  his  own  choice.  And 
perhaps  there  should  be  here  re- 
called the  Lord's  saying  that  in  re- 
ality "All  spirit  is  matter,  but  it  is 
more  fine  or  pure,  and  can  only  be 
discerned  by  purer  eyes,  we  cannot 
see  it,  but  when  our  bodies  are 
purified  we  shall  see  that  it  is  all 
matter." 

For  him  who  would  throw  off 
also  the  inhibitions  and  limitations 
of  the  flesh  in  matters  affecting  the 
spirit,  for  him  indeed  who  would 
conquer  the  flesh  for  the  blessings 
of  the  spirit,  there  is  a  joy  awaiting 
which  exceeds  all  power  of  descrip- 
tion,-— because  words  are  made  to 
describe  the  physical  world,  they 
are  wanting  to  express  even  the 
highest  pleasures  and  feelings  of 
mortality;  when  the  lofty  emotions 
of  the  spirit  are  conceived,  we  must 
content  ourselves  with  the  flashing, 
tear-wet  eye,  the  ennobled  counte- 
nance, the  sobbing  of  joy,  an  exalta- 
tion of  mind  and  spirit  which  no  pen 
can  write  or  tongue  tell. 

These  two  conquests — the  throw- 
ing off  of  the  physical  limitations 
and  inhibitions  that  control  and  hold 
down  our  physical  activities  and  the 
rising  above  the  limitations  and  in- 
hibitions of  the  flesh  in  matters  of 
the  spirit — are  each  within  the  ulti- 
mate reach  of  everyone  of  God's 
children  who  is  willing  to  live  the 
Gospel  and  make  the  needed  strug- 
gle and  sacrifice.  Neither  conquest 
can  be  fully  made  in  the  flesh,  but 
the  beginnings  made  in  mortality 
can  be  completed  in  immortality. 
This    is    man's    destiny.     And    the 


Gospel  plan  through  which  he 
reaches  this  end,  is  so  plain  and  sim- 
ple that  "a  wayfaring  man,  though 
a  fool,  need  not  err  therein." 

VI. 

TThe  Church  is  the  organization 
which  God  has  set  up  to  help 
men  in  their  struggles  against  the 
limitations  and  inhibitions  of  the 
flesh  as  affecting  the  spirit  and  its 
manifestations  and  development.  It 
is  as  nearly  perfect  as  mortals  per- 
mit it  to  be;  greater  perfection  will 
come  just  as  soon  as  men  can  un- 
derstand and  use  it.  The  Lord  has 
never  revealed  His  mind  and  will 
beyond  man's  power  of  comprehen- 
sion, and  when  man  has  shown  his 
confirmed  unwillingness  to  follow 
the  plan  and  live  the  law  revealed, 


the  Lord  has  taken  each  away  and 
given  a  less  perfect  plan  and  lower 
law,  as  He  did  to  Israel  under 
Moses. 

In  all  times,  the  Lord's  plan — 
His  Church — has  provided  for  the 
physical  well-being  of  the  people. 
The  divine  plan  calls  for  the  perfect 
body  as  well  as  the  perfected  spirit. 
There  is  an  intimate  and  not  under- 
stood— if  indeed  it  be  at  all  com- 
prehensible by  the  human  mind — 
relationship  between  biological  man 
and  spiritual  man.  Bodily  well-be- 
ing,— the  feeding  of  the  hungry,  the 
giving  of  health  to  the  diseased 
body,  the  curing  of  the  maimed,  the 
halt,  the  blind,  the  deaf,  the  dumb, 
the  thrusting  out  of  death  itself  and 
re-enthroning  life  in  the  mortal  body 
— was  a  large  part  of  Christ's  work 


on  earth.  He  would  not  have  done 
this  if,  under  His  plan,  the  body 
were  to  be  ignored,  or  mistreated, 
or  debauched.  The  Church  of 
Christ,  to  carry  out  His  purposes; 
must  have  this  twin  purpose:  The 
protection  and  perfecting  of  the 
body,  the  perfecting  of  the  Spirit. 
To  bring  this  about  in  every  indi- 
vidual is  the  purpose  of  the  Church. 

Now  the  Lord  has  said  that  His 
plan  is  that  every  creature  on  the 
earth,  that  every  nation,  that  every 
people, — each  and  every  one  must 
"hear  the  fullness  of  the  Gospel  in 
his  own  tongue  and  in  his  own  lan- 
guage." So  to  carry  this  Gospel  is 
the  mission  and  the  destiny  of  the 
Church.  The  responsibility  for 
initiating  the  plan,  for  setting  up 
the  Church,  and  for  presently  di- 
recting it  has  been  given  to  us  of 
America.  But  it  is  not  our  Church: 
it  belongs  to  all  God's  children  and 
as  much  to  one  as  to  another.  For 
those  to  whom  God  has  entrusted 
the  preaching  of  this  Gospel  and 
the  spreading  of  it  through  the 
earth,  there  are  no  greater  blessings 
awaiting  than  await  anyone  who 
holds  the  Priesthood  and  lives  the 
Gospel,  whoever  he  may  be  and 
wherever  he  lives;  but  upon  us  there 
rests  an  all  but  crushing  responsi- 
bility that,  not  fully  met,  will  bring 
to  us  not  only  loss  of  blessing  but 
great  condemnation  as  well. 

So  it  is  the  mission  of  the  Church 
to  see  that  "the  Gospel  rolls  forth 
unto  the  ends  of  the  earth,  as  the 
stone  which  is  cut  out  of  the  moun- 
tain without  hands  shall  roll  forth, 
until  it  has  filled  the  whole  earth." 

Where  the  Gospel  goes,  there 
must  go  the  Church  also,  until  it  fills 
the  earth. 

So  not  America  only,  nor  America 
and  Europe,  but  the  whole  earth  is 
the  Lord's  and  all  that  in  it  are. 
And  His  Church  filling  the  earth 
will  bring  to  its  peoples  and  to  all 
of  them  the  peace,  the  joy,  and  the 
fullness  and  richness  of  life  which 
the  power  of  the  evil  and  the  base 
now  denies  to  them.  Ultimately 
"every  knee  shall  bow  and  every 
tongue  confess  that  Jesus  is  the 
Christ." 


SOME  FACTS  ABOUT  THE  CHURCH   FORTY 

YEARS  AGO— 

AND  NOW 

1897 

1936 

252,000 

(approximately)     Number  of  Members 

760,690 

37 

Number  of  Stakes 

118 

466 

Number  of  Wards 

1,001 

i 

17 

Number  of  Missions 

35 

: 

4 

Number  of  Temples 

7 

1496 

Number  of  full-time  Missionaries 

1940 

669 


PRESIDENT  GRANT'S 

FIRST  "ERA"  ARTICLE 


EDITOR'S  NOTE:  —  We  here  reprint  the  first  signed  article  by 
President  Heber  J.  Grant  to  appear  in  "The  Improvement  Era." 
It  is  found  on  pages  395  to  398  of  Volume  I — nearly  forty  years 
ago,  and  is  entitled  "Recollections  Awakened  by  the  Late  Semi-' 
Centennial  Celebration." 


During  the  recent  celebration  of  the  Semi-Centennial 
Anniversary  of  the  entrance  of  the  Pioneers  into  Salt 
Lake  Valley,  very  many  thoughts  crowded  themselves 
upon  my  mind,  as  I  contrasted  the  difference  between  the 
Salt  Lake  Valley  of  that  day  and  the  Salt  Lake  Valley  of 
today. 

I  was  seated  in  one  of  the  large  show  windows  of  the 
main  store  building  of  Zion's  Cooperative  Mercantile  Insti- 
tution, as  the  Semi-Centennial  procession  moved  down  Main 
Street,  and  I  contrasted  that  immense  structure  in  which  I 
was  seated,  with  the  one  and  two-story  adobe  dwellinghouse 
which  at  one  time  stood  upon  that  identical  spot,  and  in 
which  residence  I  first  saw  the  light  of  day.  The  house  was 
built  by  my  father,  who  died  when  I  was  a  babe  of  nine  days, 
and  I  lived  there  until  I  was  a  little  over  six  years  old,  when 
I  moved  with  my  mother  to  Second  East  Street,  where  I  now 
reside. 

Having  virtually  seen  Main  Street  change  from  a  village 
thoroughfare  to  a  business  avenue,  I  recalled  the  time  when 
Zion's  Savings  Bank,  a  splendid  building  of  five  stories,  was 
occupied  by  the  home  of  the  late  Daniel  H.  Wells,  and  in 
my  mind's  eye  I  saw  the  high  rock  wall  which  separated  the 
home  of  my  childhood  from  that  of  "Squire  Wells."  Every- 
body familiarly  called  him  "Squire  Wells"  in  those  days. 
Two  more  lovable  or  kinder  men  never  lived  than  my  child- 
hood neighbors,  President  Daniel  H.  Wells  on  the  north, 
and  Bishop  Edward  Hunter  on  the  south.  Another  kind 
friend  was  Joseph  B.  Elder,  who'  recently  died  in  the  Four- 
teenth Ward.  He  had  a  little  frame  grocery  store  and  cooper 
shop  which  occupied  the  corner  where  now  stands  the  Godbe- 
Pitt  drug  store.  Many  and  many  an  hour  have  I  spent  as 
a  child  sitting  in  his  store  and  chatting  with  him. 

As  I  thought  of  the  fine  structure  known  as  the  "Hooper 
&  Eldredge  Block,"  I  recalled  the  familiar  home  of  the  late 
Bishop  Edward  Hunter,  which  originally  stood  upon  that 
ground,  and  scores  of  incidents  and  sayings  of  his  which 
were  amusing,  interesting,  and  instructive  came  to  my  mind, 
prominent  among  them  being  his  oft-repeated  counsel,  "Pay 
your  tithing,  brethren,  and  be  blessed."  Above  all  I  recall 
his  wonderful  kindness  to  me  in  childhood  days.  I  thought 
of  the  hundreds  of  times  that  I  had  crept  through  the  pole 
fence  which  divided  his  home  from  ours,  to  play  with  his 
boys,  and  I  also  remember  climbing  very  often  the  board 
fence  south  of  his  barn,  to  romp  and  play  with  one  of  the 
most  beloved  companions  of  my  childhood,  George  Hooper, 
son  of  the  late  Captain  William  H.  Hooper,  who  was  called 
to  his  eternal  rest  in  his  youth.  Where  George's  home  then 
stood,  now  stands  the  substantial  "Hooper  Block." 

As  I  looked  across  the  street  at  the  "Constitution  Build- 
ing," I  remembered  the  time  when  the  "Old  Constitution 
Building"  stood  there,  and  as  I  gazed  at  the  "Home  Fire 
Building,"  I  remembered  the  old  "Globe  Bakery,"  and  barber 
shop  adjoining,  which  occupied  the  site  when  I  was  but  five 
or  six  years  old. 
670 


OLD  SALT  LAKE  CITY  SCENES.  TOP:  DEDICATION  OF  BRIGHAM 
YOUNG  MONUMENT,  SOUTH  TEMPLE  AND  MAIN  STREET,  1897; 
SECOND:  THE  OLD  GLOBE  BAKERY;  THIRD:  A  PARADE  OF  THE 
RETURNING  SPANISH -AMERICAN  WAR  VETERANS;  BOTTOM: 
SCENES  OF   1847   REENACTED   IN  1897. 


OLD  SALT  LAKE  CITY  SCENES.  TOP:  AN  OLD  MULE  CAR  AND 
HORSE-DRAWN  CARRIAGE  AT  SOUTH  TEMPLE  AND  MAIN 
STREETS;  SECOND:  AN  EARLY  PICTURE  OF  Z.  C.  M.  I. J  THIRD: 
THE  OLD  CONSTITUTION  BUILDING;  FOURTH:  LOOKING  EAST 
ON  FIRST  SOUTH  TOWARD  THE  SALT  LAKE  THEATRE;  BOTTOM: 
BATHING   AT  BLACK    ROCK    IN    1S80. 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 

In  looking  up  the  street  at  the  Pioneer  Monument  in  stone 
and  bronze,  I  recalled  many,  many  incidents  in  the  life  of 
Brigham  Young,  and  one  of  them  of  my  childhood  days  I 
will  relate,  as  it  illustrates  what  it  is  impossible  to  do  in  stone 
and  bronze,  viz:  the  love  which  filled  Brigham  Young's  heart 
for  his  fellowmen. 

"\TUrHEN  I  was  about  six  years  old,  in  the  winter  of  1 862,  the 

sleighing  was  very  good  and  as  I  had  no  opportunity 
of  cutter-riding  in  those  days,  none  of  our  family  possessing 
a  sleigh  or  team,  boy-like,  I  used  quite  frequently  to-  run  into 
the  street,  and  "hang  on  behind"  some  of  the  outfits  which 
passed  our  home,  and  after  riding  a  block  or  two  would  jump 
off  and  run  back. 

On  one  of  these  occasions  I  got  on  the  sleigh  belonging 
to  President  Brigham  Young,  and  as  all  who  were  acquainted 
with  him  know,  he  was  very  fond  of  a  fine  team,  and  was 
given  to  driving  quite  rapidly.  I  therefore  found  myself 
skimming  along  with  such  speed  that  I  dared  not  jump  off, 
and  after  riding  some  time  I  became  very  cold.  President 
Young  happening  to  notice  me  hanging  on  his  sleigh  im- 
mediately called  out:  "Brother  Isaac,  stop!"  He  then  had 
his  driver,  Isaac  Wilson,  get  out  and  pick  me  up  and  tuck 
me  snugly  under  the  robes  on  the  front  seat.  President 
Young  waited  some  time  before  saying  anything  to  me,  but 
finally  he  asked,  "Are  you  warm?"  and  when  I  answered 
"Yes,"  he  inquired  my  name  and  where  I  lived.  He  then 
talked  to  me  in  the  most  kindly  manner,  told  me  how  much 
he  had  loved  my  father  and  what  a  good  man  he  was,  and 
expressed  the  hope  that  I  would  be  as  good  as  my  father. 
Our  conversation  ended  in  his  inviting  me  to  come  up  to  his 
office  some  day  and  have  a  chat  with  him.  This  I  very  soon 
afterwards  did,  and  from  the  day  of  this  childhood  acquain- 
tance with  President  Young,  I  ever  found  in  calling  at  his 
office  or  home,  a  most  hearty  welcome,  and  I  learned  not  only 
to  respect  and  venerate  him,  but  to  love  him  with  an  affection 
akin  to  that  which  I  imagined  I  would  have  felt  for  my  own 
father  had  I  been  permitted  to  know  and  return  a  father's  love. 

In  nothing  did  Brigham  Young  shine  more  than  in  his 
love  for  children,  and  they  repaid  his  love  with  love  and 
confidence  in  him.  The  people  of  the  world,  who  knew  him 
not,  with  their  prejudices  against  his  system  of  religion,  no 
doubt  think  he  was  unworthy  of  respect,  but  those  who,  like 
myself,  have  known  and  loved  him  since  childhood,  can  tes- 
tify of  his  goodness  and  of  his  love  for  his  fellows,  and  to 
be  able  to  do  this  is  of  greater  moment  than  to  join  in  any 
degree  of  praise  that  may  be  accorded  him  on  the  score  of 
his  great  achievements. 

It  would  take  too  much  space  for  me  to  relate  all  the  feel- 
ings and  memories  that  crowded  upon  each  other  while  sitting 
in  the  Z.  C.  M.  I.  window  looking  upon  the  Semi-Centennial 
procession  as  it  passed  down  East  Temple  Street,  carrying 
with  it  the  evidences  of  the  peace,  prosperity,  progress,  and 
happiness  of  the  present  day;  nor  can  I  write  all  I  thought 
and  felt  as  I  contemplated  the  trials  of  the  Pioneers  as  recol- 
lections of  them  were  awakened  by  the  passing  of  one  of  their 
"reproduced  trains;"  and  the  float  of  the  "Sea  Gulls,"  that 
brought  up  the  remembrance  of  the  mighty  deliverance  from 
starvation  wrought  out  by  these  white-winged  messengers  of 
God  destroying  the  crickets,  which  otherwise  would  have 
devoured  the  first  crop  of  the  Pioneers,  and  left  them  to  perish 
of  hunger  in  the  wilderness. 

This  article  is  already  long  enough,  but  I  can  not  close 
without  saying  that  the  grand  celebration  of  Utah's  Semi- 
Centennial  was  worthy  of  Utah's  Pioneers;  an  honor  to 
those  who  managed  it;  and  on  the  other  hand,  the  Utah 
Pioneers  were  worthy  of  just  such  a  magnificent  celebration. 

HEBER  J.  GRANT. 


I. 

From  our  eminence  of  forty  rungs 
up  the  ladder  of  time  since  The 

Improvement  Era  took  the 
vacated  place  of  the  old  Contributor, 
let  us  take  a  retrospective  look  at 
some  of  the  things  that  have  been 
happening  in  the  meantime.  It  may 
help  us  to  answer  the  questions: 
Where  are  we  going? — and — How 
fast  are  we  getting  there? 

In  many  respects  the  past  forty 
years  have  been  the  most  wonder- 
ful in  the  history  of  mankind.  Surely 
the  prophet  Daniel  glimpsed  our 
time  when  he  saw  in  the  last  days 
a  people  running  to  and  fro  under 
the  stimulus  of  a  great  increase  of 
knowledge.  Greater  scientific  ad- 
vances have  been  made  during  the 
past  half  century  than  during  all 
the  rest  of  recorded  history.  A 
catalogue  of  the  new  mechanical  ap- 
pliances of  this  period  is  breath- 
taking. So  rapidly  has  this  tremen- 
dous release  of  inventive  energy 
propelled  us  into  the  machine  age 
that  the  social  and  spiritual  progress 
of  the  human  family  has  apparently 
failed  to  keep  pace  with  technolog- 
ical advance,  and  to  some  thinkers 
has  come  the  fear  that  the  new  ma- 
chinery will  turn  out  to  be  a  Fran- 
kenstein monster  instead  of  a  bless- 
ing. Let  us  examine,  first,  a  few  of 
the  late  outstanding  inventions: 

II. 

"Dy  1897  the  horseless  carriage  (the 
first  one  had  been  built  by  El- 
wood  Haynes  four  years  earlier ) 
had  captured  the  imagination  of  the 
public  and  was  rapidly  advancing 
toward  the  factory  stage  of  pro- 
duction. Two  years  later  at  least 
three  hundred  of  these  gasoline- 
burning,  horse-scaring  contraptions 
672 


RTY  YEAR 
of  CHAN 


By  GLYNN  BENNION 

Of  the  Church  Historian's  Office 


Cince  the  "Era"  first  saw  the  light  of  day  the  world  has 

seen  more  changes  than  in  many  centuries  before 

some  in  the  name  of  progress  and  some  in  the  name  of 

LESS  WORTHY  THINGS.  BUT  MAN'S  USE  OF  ALL  IMPROVEMENTS 
IS  MORE  IMPORTANT  THAN  THE  MATERIAL  THINGS  OF  WHICH 
PROGRESS  IS  MADE. 


were  upon  the  highways  of  the 
United  States,  snorting  along  at 
death-defying  speeds  of  from  eight 
to  twelve  miles  an  hour.  Each  year 
since  that  time  has  seen  astonishing 
improvement  in  the  economy  of  pro- 
duction, comfort,  speed,  and  beauty 
of  the  automobile,  until  today  the 
face  of  the  land  is  covered  with  mil- 
lions of  them,  scurrying,  darting 
back  and  forth  like  a  great  swarm 
of  frantic  black  beetles,  crazily  in- 
tent on  their  foolish  errands. 

In  forty  years  the  automobile  in- 
dustry has  grown  from  scratch  to 
the  second  largest  business  in  the 
country,  involving  billions  of  dol- 
lars in  wealth.  Over  twenty-eight 
million  motor  cars  are  now  in  use 
in  the  United  States,  and  the  whole- 
sale value  of  new  cars  and  acces- 
sories produced  and  sold  last  year 
was  nearly  four  billion  dollars. 
With  this  rapid  growth  has  come 
a  coincident  expansion  of  the  oil 
business  and  an  era  of  road  building. 
The  continent  is  now  banded  with 
paved  highways  that  reach  from 
coast   to    coast,    and    the    edges    of 


these  are  studded  with  service  sta- 
tions from  whose  nozzles  this  year 
will  be  poured  eighteen  billion  gal- 
lons of  gasoline — such  a  river  of 
gasoline  as  will  presently  empty  our 
great  underground  reservoirs  of  oil. 
In  automobiling  the  native  Yankee 
urge  to  get  somewhere  else  fast  has 
found  a  glorious  release,  and  we 
have  become  a  nation  on  wheels. 
Descendants  of  pioneer  "wagon 
tramps"  now  follow  the  seasonal 
cycle  of  work  and  climate  in  trailers, 
and  the  perils  and  hazards  seeming- 
ly requisite  to  mortal  life  which  once 
were  furnished  by  savages  and  wild 
animals  are  now  furnished  by  the 
speed  demon.  A  speeding  motorist 
can  now  cover  more  miles  in  twenty 
minutes  than  his  grandfather  could 
make  in  a  day;  but  blood  stains  and 
shattered  glass  mark  the  smooth, 
straight  highways,  and  annually  in 
the  United  States  forty  thousand 
lives  are  fed  into  this  modern, 
streamlined  Moloch. 


MAIN  STREET,  SALT  LAKE  CITY,  IN  THE  LATE 
NINETEENTH  CENTURY.  (LOOKING  NORTH  FROM 
SECOND   SOUTH    STREET.) 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


III. 

Tn  1897,  a  twenty-three  year  old 
Italian,  named  Guglielmo  Mar- 
coni, who  for  several  years  had  been 
intrigued  by  the  theory  that  an  elec- 
tric current  when  started  in  a  given 
direction  follows  a  direct  course 
without  the  assistance  of  a  con- 
ductor, was  busy  perfecting  an  ap- 
paratus for  wireless  telegraphy. 
With  a  sensitive  detector,  capable 
of  picking  up  ever  so  faint  etheric 
vibrations,  he  was  able  in  1901  to 
receive  wireless  messages  at  Signal 
Hill,  Newfoundland,  originating  at 
Poldhu  station  in  England.  So  suc- 
cessful was  he,  in  fact,  that  the 
Anglo-American  Cable  Company, 
fearing  for  their  trade,  compelled 
him  to  leave  Newfoundland! 

These  achievements  in  wireless 
telegraphy  greatly  stimulated  elec- 
trical engineers  experimenting  in  the 
field  of  wireless  telephony,  and  soon 
a  new  race  of  geniuses  sprang  up 
all  over  the  country  speaking  of 
"audions"  and  "oscillions"  and  other 
words  no  layman  can  under- 
stand, but  very  evidently  meaning 
what  they  said,  for  by  1915  they 
were  able  to  transmit  speech  without 
the  aid  of  wires  from  Arlington  to 
Paris,  a  distance  of  3,600  miles.  In 
the  wake  of  these  achievements 
mushroom  factories  sprang  up  every- 
where making  radio  receiving  sets 
for  individual  use;  a  Federal  com- 
mission had  to  be  added  to  the  al- 
ready overstuffed  bureaus  of  Wash- 
ington to  regulate  conflicting  send- 
ing stations,  and  now  25,000,000  sets 
throughout  the  United  States  may 

A  SCENE  BEFORE  EAGLE  GATE,  1S72. 


make  both  day  and  night  hideous 
with  the  shrieks  of  dying  gun 
molls,  the  jittery  beat  of  swing 
bands,  and  the  fiendish  wailing  of 
anemic  love  songs  which  fatuous 
advertisers  hope  will  increase  the 
sales  of  coffee,  cigarettes,  and  patent 
cure-alls.  And  yet  this  thing  called 
radio,  properly  used,  spreads  tidings 
of  truth  over  the  face  of  the  earth 
in  the  twinkling  of  an  eye  and  brings 
men  together  in  the  common  bond 
of  the  common  heritage  of  the  good 
things  of  earth. 


IV. 


M 


[otion  pictures  had  a  beginning 
in  Thomas  A.  Edison's  ingeni- 
ous idea  of  capitalizing  on  a  defect 
of  the  human  eye  called  "persistence 
of  vision."  He  noted  that  an  impres- 
sion on  the  retina  lingers  for  a  fiftieth 
part  of  a  second  after  the  scene 
exciting  the  impression  has  been 
removed.  Accordingly,  as  early  as 
1879  he  began  experimenting  with 
a  lantern  he  called  the  "kineto- 
scope,"  an  instrument  by  which 
many  separate  pictures  per  second 
were  projected  upon  a  screen,  the 
interval  during  the  change  of  pic- 
tures being  so  brief  that  to  the  eye 
it  appeared  one  continuous  presen- 
tation. The  requirement  of  delicate 
precision  in  this  machine,  now  called 
the  cinematograph,  was  served  by 
the  Lumiere  brothers  of  Paris,  who 
in  1 895  effected  several  improve- 
ments, and  by  1911,  with  the  addi- 
tion of  the  multiple  reel  feature,  the 
contrivance  was  ready  to  promote 
the  vast  new  enterprise  called  the 
motion  picture  business.  Techni- 
color and  the  synchronizing  of  voice 


IHHlN  >■.  ■■".;.  : : - !-;.-■■  ■■■■. si) ;; s <«% 

>    : 

■■■■■■<  :    ■:■■:■:■■  ■•■■:.  .■:■■■    '  '"     :    ■ 


with  picture  are  the  most  recent 
improvements  added  to  motion  pic- 
tures, this  new  form  of  the  drama 
which  has  all  but  crowded  the  legiti- 
mate theatre  off  the  earth,  and  which 
in  the  United  States  weekly  attracts 
a  throng  equal  to  two-thirds  of  the 
entire  population  of  the  country. 
No  device  ever  invented  has  more 
power  for  affecting  the  manners  and 
thought  of  the  public  than  the 
movies.  There  is  reason,  therefore, 
for  anxiety  regarding  the  morals 
and  tastes  of  the  public  in  the  hands 
of  mercenary  czars  whose  chief 
study  often  is  an  analysis  of  the 
human  weakness  for  being  hum- 
bugged by  cheap  thrills. 

V. 

Tn  THE  popular  mind  Edison  is  best 
remembered  for  the  incandescent 
light,  the  phonograph,  and  the 
cinematograph,  but  the  Patent  Office 
shows  that  he  was  concerned  with 
hundreds  of  other  inventions,  in- 
cluding the  typewriter,  the  mimeo- 
graph, electric  dynamo,  railway  sig- 
nal system,  motion  picture  camera, 
and  photographic  films,  automobile 
starter,  process  for  making  plate 
glass,  process  for  constructing  con- 
crete buildings,  the  electric  lantern, 
and  synthetic  rubber.  His  discovery 
of  most  profound  importance  was 
perhaps  that  of  the  flow  of  electrons 
from  hot  filaments  made  during  his 
early  experiments  with  lamps,  for 
from  this  observation  has  come  the 
electronic  tube,  which  in  its  myriad 
forms  underlies  radio  broadcasting, 
long-distance  telephoning,  sound 
pictures,  television,  the  electric  eye, 
the  X-ray,  and  a  host  of  other  de- 
vices. The  United  States  Congress, 
in  striking  a  medal  for  him  in  1928, 
placed   a   value   of   nearly    sixteen 

673 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


*&$ 


billion  dollars  on  his  inventive  con- 
tributions to  humanity. 

VI. 

"pVER  since  man  first  realized  that 
he  was  condemned  to  crawl  on 
the  earth's  crust  for  want  of  wings 
he  has  watched  with  envy  the  glori- 
ous flight  of  birds.  And  being  really 
a  supernatural  creature,  as  proved 
by  his  rankling  ambition  to  learn  the 
secrets  of  immortality,  to  move  be- 
yond the  bounds  of  his  environment, 


and  to  extend  his  dominion  every- 
where, he  has  from  the  beginning 
nursed  the  confidence  that  he  would 
some  day  learn  how  to  fly.  The 
first  thinkers  of  whom  history  gives 
account  seriously  proposed  methods 
of  aerial  navigation.  Archimedes, 
the  Greek  mathematician  who  lived 
several  centuries  before  Christ,  es- 
tablished the  principles  of  mechan- 
ical flight  which  are  now  success- 
fully applied.  The  Duke  of  Milan's 
dazzling     jack-of-all-trades,     Leon- 


ardo da  Vinci,  made  designs  of  a 
flap-wing  affair,  a  helicopter,  and  a 
glider  in  the  fifteenth  century.  But 
it  was  not  until  thirty-four  years 
ago  that  a  human  being  was  carried 
from  the  ground  in  actual  flight  by 
mechanical  means.  On  December 
17,  1903,  amid  the  Kill  Devil  sand- 
hills of  North  Carolina,  Wilbur  and 
Orville  Wright  flew  852  feet  in  a 
kite-like  apparatus  which  they  had 
constructed  after  long  study  of  all 
the  accumulated  theories  of  flight. 
This  was  the  birth  of  the  airplane. 

Two  years  later  these  pioneer  air- 
men made  a  non-stop  flight  of 
twenty-four  miles,  the  airplane  re- 
maining aloft  thirty-eight  minutes. 
In  1909,  the  Frenchman,  Bleriot,  flew 
across  the  English  Channel  in 
twenty- three  minutes.  In  1911, 
Rogers  crossed  the  United  States  in 
an  airplane  in  forty-nine  days.  In 
1919,  Alcock  and  Brown  made  the 
first  non-stop  flight  across  the  At- 
lantic. In  1924,  the  U.  S.  Army 
commenced  the  famous  "Round  the 
World"  flight  in  May  which  was 
completed  in  August.  During  the 
same  year  Lieutenant  Russell 
Maughan  flew  from  New  York  to 
San  Francisco  in  twenty-one  hours. 
In  1927,  Lindbergh  flew  from  New 
York  to  Paris,  3,600  miles,  in  thirty- 
three  hours.  In  1933,  Wiley  Post 
flew  around  the  world  in  seven  days. 
In  1936,  regular  airmail  service 
across  the  Pacific  was  inaugurated, 
and  airlines  within  the  United  States 
carried  1,140,000  passengers. 

No  generation  has  been  privileged 
to  see  so  heroic  a  spectacle  as  we 
have  seen  enacted  in  the  clouds  by 
our  pioneer  pilots,  most  of  whom 
fell  to  their  deaths  to  advance  the 
science  of  flying.  What  a  horrible 
thought  that  all  this  inventive  energy 
and  sacrifice  of  gallant  young  lives 
may  be  misused  to  provide  war  lords 


MAIN  STREET,  SALT  LAKE  CITY,  1936-37. 
(LOOKING  SOUTH  FROM  NEAR  COLLEGE 
AVENUE.) 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


:■■-  :...... ..-..  ■  .■:.:..  .    P.$£8Z$    :.". ...'..:  ■:..':  ;'■■  .■.'.:::  ':  :■.:■  5?  .  ■■■■  y  y-iy-.^i 


the  raging  seas  that  pounded  their 
bobbing  crafts,  they  did  so  much 
preaching  and  praying  on  those  long 
voyages  that  more  than  one  crew, 
captain  and  all,  were  converted  and 
came  on  with  the  Saints  to  Zion. 


IX. 


A  MULE  DRAWN  CAR  FAMILIAR  TO  SALT  LAKE 
CITY  STREETS  UNTIL  LATE  IN  THE  LAST  CEN- 
TURY. 


with   the  means   to  rain  bombs  on 
non-combatants! 

VII. 

"\7ast  wealth  invested  in  railroad 
equipment  must  be  scrapped 
whenever  new  ideas  are  put  into 
effect,  but  nevertheless  the  railroads 
have  been  increasing  speed,  reducing 
weight  of  carriers,  and  otherwise 
effecting  economies  in  freight  and 
passenger  haulage.  Tariffs  have 
been  generally  lowered;  new  steam- 
line  passenger  trains  have  been 
built  which  in  some  cases  weigh  less 
than  one  old  Pullman  car;  Diesel- 
electric  and  steam-electric  power 
units  have  been  tried  in  place  of 
ponderous,  old-style  locomotives, 
and  speeds  of  ninety  to  one  hundred 
ten  miles  an  hour  have  been  achiev- 
ed. In  passenger  cars  many  new 
refinements  of  comfort  have  been 
installed,  including  air-conditioning. 

VIII. 

Cince  the  building  of  Dominie 
Peter's  "Great  Ship  of  three 
hundred  tons  burthen,"  which  was 
launched  at  Salem,  Massachusetts, 
in  1641,  there  has  continued  a  dra- 
matic ship-building  race  between  the 
rival  maritime  nations,  with  more  or 
less  constant  progress  in  the  size  and 
speed  of  vessels.  But  it  was  not 
until  the  era  of  steel,  commencing 
in  the  nineties  that  really  big  ships 
could  be  built  which  could  with- 
stand the  crushing  blows  of  the 
great  storm  waves  against  their  sides 
and  would  not  break  in  two  when 
poised  athwart  the  crest  of  a  "big 
one"  or  lying  across  the  trough  be- 
tween two  waves.  The  record  for 
fast-sailing  packets  between  New 
York  and  Liverpool  was  twenty-one 


days.  In  1 856,  the  Persia,  a  steam- 
ship, made  the  crossing  from  New 
York  to  Queenstown  in  nine  days. 
In  1 909,  the  Lusitania  made  the  same 
crossing  in  four  days,  eleven  hours, 
forty-two  minutes.  In  1935  the  iVor- 
mandie,  1029  feet  long,  79,280  tons, 
crossed  from  New  York  to  Land's 
End,  200  miles  beyond  Queenstown, 
in  four  days,  three  hours. 

The  modern  ocean  liner  is  really 
a  small  floating  city,  the  last  word 
in  safe,  speedy,  luxurious  travel. 
What  a  contrast  between  such  ma- 
jestic ships  and  the  little  old  "tubs" 
of  three-hundred-passenger  capac- 
ity which  carried  many  of  the 
founders  of  Mormon  families  from 
Liverpool  to  New  Orleans  in  from 
six  weeks  to  two  months!  Each 
family  carried  its  own  bedding,  food, 
and  fuel  for  the  journey,  and  took 
turns  doing  its  own  cooking.  What 
with  zeal  for  the  Gospel  and  fear  of 


Tn  the  realm  of  building  activity 
and  architecture  the  outstanding 
feature  of  the  past  forty  years  has 
been  the  introduction  of  structural 
steel,  which  made  possible  the  era 
of  skyscrapers.  There  seems  to  be 
no  limit  to  the  height  of  these  build- 
ings, for  every  decade  has  seen  them 
going  higher  and  higher.  The 
latest  of  these  great  ones  is  the 
Empire  State  Building  of  New  York, 
twelve  hundred  feet  high,  the  tallest 
building  on  earth.  The  modern 
trend  in  American  building  is  in  the 
direction  of  exterior  simplicity  of 
line  and  form  and  inner  utility  and 
comfort.  This  is  particularly  true 
in  the  building  of  nouses,  in  which 
a  decided  revolt  is  noted  against  the 
jig-saw  horrors  of  the  nineteenth 
century  and  a  return  to  the  simple, 
unostentatious  beauty  of  both  Eng- 
lish and  Spanish  colonial  designs. 
With  scientific  attention  to  economy 
of  space,  economy  of  housekeeping, 
indoor  plumbing,  mechanical  re- 
frigeration, furnace  heat  or  air-con- 
ditioning, these  modern  houses  are 
very  satisfactory  places' to  live  in. 

This  return  to  colonial  design  is 
significant.  American  colonists  in- 
cluded many  fine  Old- World  ar- 
tisans who  loved  beauty  and  sought 
to  plant  it  in  the  new  land.  But  be- 
(Concluded  on  page   726) 

RAIL  TRANSPORTATION  DELUXE,  1937. 


The  OUTLAW 
of  NAVAJO 
MOUNTAIN 

cJke  Story  of  [Posey,  JLast 
[Pah- Lite  (Outlaw 


By  ALBERT  R.  LYMAN 


ONE  OF  OLD    POSEY'S    RARE 
AND    LATER    PICTURES. 


THE  STORY  THUS  FAR:  Down  in  the  wild  and  lawless 
region  of  Fourcorners,  where  Utah,  Arizona,  New  Mexico, 
and  Colorado  come  together,  more  than  half  a  century  ago  Kit 
Carson  rounded  up  the  Navajos  and  drove  them  into  Santa  Fe, 
New  Mexico,  to  keep  them  there  in  the  "bullpen"  for  three  years. 
While  the  Navajos  were  being  thus  harshly  disciplined,  a  dis- 
affected  handful  of  Pah-Utes  broke  away  from  their  tribe  north 
of  the  San  Juan  River  and  took  possession  of  Navajo  Mountain 
in  Navajo  territory.  When  the  Navajos  came  back,  these  Pah- 
lite  renegades  refused  to  vacate  the  Navajo  country  and  bad 
blood  resulted.  Sowagerie  (Posey)  the  central  character  of  this 
story  was  a  child  of  one  of  the  Pah-Ute  renegades.  He  grew  up 
in  a  cradle  of  anarchy.  Bitseel,  a  son  of  the  ousted  Navajo,  was 
Posey's  most  bitter  enemy.  In  the  midst  of  this  tense  situation  in 
1879,  a  colony  of  Mormons  was  sent  down  to  settle  the  San  Juan 
country,  largely  for  the  purpose  of  improving  relationships  with 
the  Indians.  Thales  Haskel  was  their  chief  interpreter — a  man 
skilled  in  Indian  dialect  and  psychology.  But  the  Navajos  and 
Pah-Utes  continued  to  prey  upon  each  other  and  upon  the  Mormon 
settlement.  During  one  skirmish  when  cowboy  avengers  scattered 
the  tribe,  the  renegade  son,  Sowagerie,  was  momentarily  sep- 
arated from  the  tribe  with  Toorah,  little  sister  of  Poke,  the  Pah- 
Ute  leader.  This  brief  interlude  marked  the  beginning  of  a 
smoldering  romance  that  caused  Sowagerie  bravely  to  change  his 
name  to  Posey  and  vainly  dress  himself  in  fine  clothes,  braid  his 
hair,  and  put  on  war  paint.  This  interest  in  his  little  sister, 
however,  was  relentlessly  disapproved  by  Poke,  who  looked  upon 
the  "apostate"  Posey  as  "Skunk,"  and  so  referred  to  him.  During 
one  period  of  tribal  disorganization,  Toorah,  Posey's  beloved, 
disappeared  with  her  brothers,  and  all  Posey's  searchings  for  her 
were  in  vain.  Posey  finally  secured  vague  information  concerning 
Toorah's  whereabouts,  and  these  two  lovers  madly  dashed  to 
freedom.  Their  new  found  freedom  together  was  soun  interrupted, 
however,  when  Poke  accidentally  stumbled  upon  their  hiding  place. 
But  he  was  in  trouble  and  his  ugly  threatening  gave  way  to  surly 
compromise.  Posey  now  entered  upon  the  most  recklessly  happy 
part  of  his  life.  But  shortly  later,  in  an  act  of  playfulness,  occurred 
the  greatest  tragedy  of  Posey's  life — the  shooting  of  his  beloved 
wife  by  his  own  hand.  His  unbounded  sorrow  was  made  more 
terrible  by  the  avenging  pursuit  of  Toorah's  brother,  Poke.  But 
the  two  met  under  circumstances  which  enabled  Posey  to  save 
Poke's  life,  wherefore  Posey  was  relieved  of  further  vengeance 
on  that  score  by  agreeing  to  pay  a  high  indemnity  and  by  agreeing 
to  marry  another  of  Poke's  sisters — a  disagreeable  superannuated 
maiden — which  circumstance  began  another  career  of  heckling 
evil.  Later  a  handful  of  Mormon  settlers  from  Bluff  captured 
Posey  in  a  humiliating  manner,  put  him  in  irons  and  brought  him 
before  a  justice  of  the  peace,  where  he  was  bound  over  to  appear 
at  the  next  session  of  the  district  court.  By  a  ruse  Posey  later 
escaped  and  went  into  exile  at  Navajo  Mountain.  He  was  shaken 
by  his  first  personal  experience  with  white  man's  justice  and  sent 
word  to  the  inhabitants  of  Bluff,  asking  their  forgiveness  and 
pledging  to  mend  his  ways.  The  charges  were  withdrawn  and 
Posey  returned  to  the  community  on  temporary  good  behavior. 
But  as  the  terror  of  his  exile  began  to  fade,  the  humiliation  of  it 
loomed  greater  in  his  mind,  and  he  took  steps  to  see  that  it  would 
not  happen  again  by  going  to  Colorado  to  purchase  a  long  range 

676 


gun,  and  by  learning  how  the  recently  installed  telephones  could 
be  used  and  how  communities  could  be  separated  by  cutting  wires. 
Thus  prepared,  he  returned  to  his  old  ways  with  a  vengeance. 
In  the  midst  of  this  situation  Poke's  son,  Tse-ne-gat,  was  accused 
of  robbing  and  killing  a  sheepherder.  Peace  officers  came  to 
arrest  him.  In  the  skirmish  that  followed,  both  Pah-Utes  and 
whites  were  killed.  Posey  had  treacherously  used  a  flag  of  truce 
to  protect  himself  while  he  gained  shooting  position.  General 
Hugh  L.  Scott  was  sent  out  from  Washington  to  represent  the 
government  in  this  tragedy.  Poke,  Posey,  Tse-ne-gat,  and  Jess 
Posey  were  taken  to  Denver  for  trial.  Royally  treated  and  ex- 
onerated, they  were  released  by  the  government  and  sent  home. 
This  generous  treatment  they  interpreted  as  an  act  of  weakness, 
and  began  to  plan  further  misdeeds.  With  an  increasing  belief 
in  his  own  immunity  from  all  punishment,  Posey  acquired  another 
long  range  gun,  traveled  a  long  distance  to  purchase  a  horse  that 
was  superior  to  anything  in  the  San  Juan  region,  and  in  other 
ways  prepared  for  the  inevitable  conflict  that  was  destined  to 
come.  His  preparations,  however,  were  interrupted  by  another 
gambling  affray  with  Bitseel  in  which  Posey's  prize  horse  was 
involved  and  from  which  he  extricated  himself  by  striking  Bitseel 
with  the  butt  of  a  revolver  and  dashing  for  freedom — thus  post- 
poning another  final  meeting.  The  October  installment  describes 
Posey's  activities  in  organizing  and  firing  to  violence  the  hoodlum 
element  of  the  tribe — an  element,  which  having  been  inspired  to 
violence  proved  embarrassingly  difficult  even  for  Posey  to  control. 
Finally  Pahneab,  a  young  leader  of  the  hoodlum  element,  was 
arrested  with  Dutchie's  boy  and  brought  to  trial  for  holding  up  a 
sheepherder  at  gun's  point.  Posey  entered  the  schoolhottse  court- 
room and  during  the  noon  recess  aided  the  defendants  to  break 
for  liberty,  with  Sheriff  Oliver  in  full  pursuit. 

Chapter  XIX — The  Big  Stir 


T. 


.he  big  stir  was  on!  It  had  come  as  the 
sharp  crack  of  a  whip,  and  it  found  most  of  the  Pah- 
Utes  lounging  around  the  stores  or  killing  time  at  other 
places  in  town.  Many  of  them  knew  nothing  even 
yet  of  what  had  happened. 

When  Posey  and  Dutchie-toats  (Dutchie's  boy) 
ran  panting  into  camp,  everything  was  in  an  uproar 
at  once.  Pahneab  had  dashed  by  on  the  black  mare 
and  was  bringing  the  horses  from  the  sagebrush  flat 
beyond.  They  must  be  gone!  No  time  to  lose.  Posey 
dared  now  to  give  imperious  orders.  But  most  of  their 
people  loafed  stupidly  somewhere  in  town.  Parts  of 
families  there  at  the  wickiups  fumed  and  cried  for 
children  or  wives  or  fathers  or  brothers  still  in  Bland- 
ing.  Oliver  had  turned  back  from  the  edge  of  the 
trees,  but  he  would  get  help  and  be  after  them. 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


Then  some  of  their  people  arrived 
breathless  from  town, — wild,  ter- 
rified. They  reported  that  every 
white  man  in  Blanding  was  running 
for  his  gun — getting  horses  to  ride 
— any  horses  in  sight,  the  very  first 
they  could  find. 

Pahneab  came  pell-mell  with  the 
ponies  from  the  flat,  and  everybody 
in  camp  ran  to  get  his  rope  on  his 
animals  to  pack  up  and  be  gone. 
Teegre  sprang  to  the  back  of  his 
buckskin  and  raced  away  to  the  east 
rim  of  West  Water  at  the  edge  of 
town  where  he  called  in  long  and 
penetrating  tones  to  his  people, 
"  Whoo-eeh-eeh!  Tos-pon  pikey! 
Tooish  apane!"  His  magnificent 
voice  carried  far  through  the  cool 
spring  air,  but  his  people  in  town, 
though  they  heard,  had  been  hur- 
riedly rounded  up  by  determined 
men  who  ordered  them  not  to  move 
a  foot. 

As  Teegre  returned  on  the  keen 
jump,  Joe  Bishop,  heavy,  perspir- 
ing, and  panting  from  undue  haste 
came  dragging  up  from  West  Wa- 
ter. He  said  he  was  the  last  man 
to  escape  the  roundup  and  get  out 
of  town;  fifty  or  more  of  their  peo- 
ple were  prisoners — men  standing 
over  them  with  guns.  No  use  to 
wait  longer  for  them. 

Impotent  haste  and  frightened 
confusion  reigned  in  camp.  They 
cinched  saddles  on  squirming,  pro- 
testing cayuses;  they  piled  beds  and 
provisions  and  supplies  on  the  sad- 
dles in  bunglesome  heaps.  They 
urged  their  motley  flocks  of  goats 
up  from  the  groves  of  oak  in  the 
canyon,  expecting  every  minute  to 
be  attacked  by  the  men  from  the 
town. 

They  must  be  off.  "Tooish 
apane!  Tooish  apane!"  commanded 
the  general  impatiently. 

But  how  could  they  start  on  The 
Old  Trail  with  nearly  half  their 
people  held  as  prisoners  in  town  to 
become  possible  hostages  pending 
the  outcome  of  the  trouble?  No  dif- 
ference— they  must  go.  Posey 
would  come  back  in  the  night  and 
get  the  prisoners — it  was  a  prom- 
ise— "Tooish   apane!" 

They  mounted  in  a  panic  of  sus- 
pense and  headed  wildly  for  the 
nearest  cover  of  thick  treses  and 
rocks  to  the  south.  Joe  Bishop,  puf- 
fing and  palpitating  with  his  fat  and 
trying  to  get  his  saddle  on  his  fidg- 
ety pony,  was  left  behind.  He 
hadn't  got  the  blamed  thing  in  place 
when  Bill  Oliver  and  half  a  dozen 
armed  men  rode  into  camp. 

"Where's  your  boy?"  demanded 
the  sheriff. 

"I  show  you."  Old  Joe  panted, 


JESS  POSEY,  SON  OF  OLD  POSEY 

getting  his  ponderous  weight  in  the 
saddle,  and  starting  on  the  reeking 
trail  of  the  goats  and  the  ponies, 
the  white  men  at  his  heels. 

Pahneab's  father  had  no  intention 
of  giving  his  son  away.  He  figured 
that  once  among  the  thick  trees  he 
could  dodge  out  of  sight,  and  hur- 
rying forward  to  his  people  he 
could  tell  them  who  and  how  many 
were  in  pursuit.  But  when  he  dodg- 
ed, Dave  Black  dodged  after  him, 
and  Dave  had  to  jab  him  fiercely  in 
the  ribs  with  the  muzzle  of  his  gun 
to  convince  him  the  only  way  to  save 
his  life  was  to  go  back  with  Black 
to  the  roundup  in  town. 

Three  miles  down  West  Water 
Point,  Posey  and  his  fugitives  stop- 
ped behind  a  barrier  of  big  rocks 
to  consider.  Which  way  should 
they  go,  and  at  what  point  should 
they  enter  The  Big  Trail?  The  Big 
Trail  was  to  the  west,  and  the  gen- 
eral wanted  to  turn  that  way  at 
once.  He  was  met  again  by  the 
popular  howl  about  the  people  held 
as  prisoners  in  town.  The  best 
fighters  of  the  tribe  were  there, 
Scotty  among  them.  And  they 
should  by  all  means  have  Poke  to 
be  their  leader. 


Poke  for  their  leader!  The  idea! 
After  all  Posey  had  done!  His  blood 
boiled. 

And  the  inevitable  second  wife 
was  with  the  popular  majority,  mak- 
ing a  veiled  threat  of  what  her  broth- 
er would  do  if  he  were  left  out.  Also, 
a-plenty  would  happen  to  them  if 
they  went  without  him,  even  if  he 
did  nothing.  They  lacked  little  of 
open  mutiny  right  there  and  then. 

jl  osey  knew  they  must 
go  on  in  spite  of  everything;  they 
must  go  even  if  he  had  to  yield  a 
point;  and  he  did  yield  a  very  dear 
point,  almost  amounting  to  the  ab- 
dication of  his  imperial  ambition.  He 
sent  a  messenger  telling  Poke  to 
meet  them,  and  then  instead  of  get- 
ting off  to  the  west  nearer  the  Old 
Trail,  they  had  to  turn  east  to  meet 
the  old  bear  at  Recapture. 

Posey  wanted  very  much  to  have 
Poke  with  them,  but  not  to  super- 
sede him.  He  knew  that  one  grunt 
from  the  old  grizzly  was  worth  more 
than  forty  fighting  men,  but  Posey 
had  a  more  cherished  reason  than 
that  for  wanting  the  old  cavalier  in 
the  ranks  of  the  big  stir. 

Poke,  more  than  any  other  man 
in  the  tribe  had  been  the  author  of 
all  the  big  fights  hitherto,  and  Po- 
sey had  got  a  place  in  them  only 
by  inviting  himself,  and  then  he  had 
to  march  in  the  mean  tail  of  the  pa- 
rade. Now,  as  the  prime  mover  of 
this  big  event,  he  had  a  great  am- 
bition to  invite  the  old  bear  to  oc- 
cupy a  place  in  the  ranks  behind 
him. 

Yet,  after  this  mutinous  display, 
with  half  his  people  under  arrest, 
and  the  second  wife  carrying  on  as 
terribly  as  a  hen  with  one  chicken, 
he  would  be  delighted  to  have  the 
old  grizzly  take  the  whole  infernal 
mess  off  his  hands.  As  the  brains  of 
three  riproaring  wars,  and  with  at 
least  seven  dead  men  to  his  credit, 
Poke  could  paw  this  mutinous  herd 
into  line  and  compel  every  man  to 
do  his  ragged  best. 

The  messenger  left  at  once  for 
Yellow  Jacket,  leaning  forward  on 
his  speeding  horse,  and  the  outfit 
pushed  on  towards  Recapture.  Late 
in  the  afternoon  they  stopped  to 
take  a  much  needed  lunch  at  the 
old  cabin  on  Murphy  Point. 

In  ten  minutes  Sheriff"  Oliver  and 
his  little  posse  appeared  at  the  field 
gate  to  the  north  of  them.  The  posse 
was  rather  too  far  away  for  a  shot, 
but  Posey  plowed  up  the  dust  in 
front  of  them  as  a  gentle  hint  to 
wait  a  little  while.  The  Pah-Utes 
behind  the  cabin  rushed  their  re- 
{Continued  on  page  714) 

677 


THE  FOUR  PRESIDENTS  OF  THE  CHURCH  UNDER 
WHOSE  ADMINISTRATIONS  "THE  IMPROVEMENT 
ERA"  HAS  CONTINUED  ITS  CHURCH-WIDE 
MISSION;  LEFT  TO  RIGHT:  WILFORD  WOOD- 
RUFF, LORENZO  SNOW,  JOSEPH  F.  SMITH,  AND 
HEBER  J.  GRANT. 


40 


YEARS  of 
SERVICE 


When  this  number  of  The  Im- 
provement Era  reaches  the 
hands  of  its  readers  in  all 
parts  of  the  world,  the  magazine  will 
be  successfully  launched  upon  its 
forty-first  year  of  service,  for  No- 
vember is  the  birthday  month  of  the 
publication  which,  for  forty  years, 
has  been  near  and  dear  to  hundreds 
of  thousands  of  Latter-day  Saints 
in  all  the  world. 

Though  the  magazine  has  been 
a  constant,  steady,  hopeful,  cour- 
ageous, and  inspiring  voice  in  a 
changing  and  often  muddled  and 
darkened  world,  if  Professor  Pit- 
kin's famous  statement,  "Life  be- 
gins at  forty,"  is  true,  then  this 
number  launches  the  magazine  upon 
a  career  that  will  far  transcend  that 
of  the  past  forty  years,  glorious  as 
that  has  been. 

From  a  tiny  infant  without  ances- 
tors, unless  the  old  Contributor 
could  be  called  an  ancestor,  born 


By  HARRISO      R.MERRILL 

Director,  Extension  Division,  B.  Y.  U„  Member 
of  the  General  Board  of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A., 
and  Former  Managing  Editor  of  "The  Im- 
provement Era." 


Ctarted   without   capital   at   a   time  when   the 
Church  was   in  deep  financial  despair,   "The 
Improvement  Era"  has  served  a  growing  world-wide  organ- 
ization   DURING    THE    ADMINISTRATIONS    OF    FOUR    PRESIDENTS 

of  the  Church. 

Through    four   stormy   decades   the   "Era   has 


SOUNDED  A  SAFE  COURSE. 


during  the  Pioneer  Jubilee  year,  the 
magazine  has  grown  to  be  a  fully 
developed,  mature,  dignified,  and 
much-loved  adult  in  the  prime  of  life 
and  service.  Nurtured  and  loved 
and  watched  over  by  some  of  the 
best  and  ablest  leaders  of  the 
Church,  it  has  become  an  influential 
organ  with  an  important  message 
for  all  the  world,  and  due  to  con- 
tinued effort  of  those  who  have  had 
its  destinies  in  charge,  it  is  taking 
that  message  to  all  the  world.  There 


is  scarcely  a  nation  or  a  people  or 
an  island  of  the  sea  that  is  not  vis- 
ited by  this  bearer  of  truth  and  good 
tidings. 

It  is  of  more  than  passing  inter- 
est, really  of  great  significance,  that 
there  is  one  man  who  has  been 
closely  identified  with  the  magazine 


PAST  EDITORS  AND  ASSOCIATE  EDITORS  OF 
"THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA,"  LEFT  TO  RIGHT: 
JOSEPH  F.  SMITH,  B.  H.  ROBERTS,  EDWARD  H. 
ANDERSON,  HUGH  J.  CANNON,  ELSIE  TALMAGE 
BRANDLEY,   HARRISON   R.  MERRILL. 


THE     IMPROVEMENT    ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


PAST  BUSINESS  MANAGERS  AND  ASSISTANTS: 
HEBER  J.  GRANT,  THOMAS  HULL,  ALPHA  J. 
HIGGS,  MORONI  SNOW,  MELVIN  J.  BALLARD, 
0.    B.   PETERSON. 


since  the  beginning.  It  was  largely 
owing  to  his  force  and  drive  that 
the  Era  was  born  at  all  and  that  it 
has  continued  to  grow  in  the  face 
of  many  difficulties.  That  man  is 
President  Heber  J.  Grant,  first  busi- 
ness manager  and  present  senior 
editor. 

Forty  years  ago  when  the  maga- 
zine was  without  funds  and  when 
there  were  no  funds  to  be  had  from 
the  Church,  which  was  then  in  dire 
financial  distress,  President  Grant 
was  made  business  manager.  His 
zeal  carried  him  into  all  parts  of  the 
Church  and  there  he  preached  Im- 
provement  Era.  Thousands  have 
heard  him  tell,  in  a  semi-serious  and 
semi-humorous  manner,  many  of  the 
experiences  which  were  his  during 
those  early  years  of  desperate  strug- 
gle for  existence. 

The  magazine  has  lived  during 
the  administrations   of   four   presi- 


M.  I.  A.  HEADS  UNDER  WHOSE  ADMINISTRA- 
TIONS THE  "ERA"  HAS  BEEN  PUBLISHED. 
LEFT  TO  RIGHT,  FIRST  ROW:  W1LF0RD  WOOD- 
RUFF, LORENZO  SNOW,  JOSEPH  F.  SMITH, 
ANTHONY  W.  IVINS;  SECOND  ROW:  GEORGE 
ALBERT  SMITH,  RUTH  MAY  FOX  (Y.  W.  M.  I.  A.), 
ALBERT   E.    BOWEN,   AND   GEORGE   Q.    MORRIS. 


dents  of  the  Church.  Begun  in  1897, 
when  President  Wilford  Woodruff 
was  Trustee-in-Trust,  it  has  contin- 
ued through  the  administrations  of 
Presidents  Lorenzo  Snow  and  Jo- 
seph F.  Smith,  and  for  nearly 
nineteen  years  during  the  adminis- 
tration of  President  Heber  J.  Grant. 
During  all  of  that  time,  President 
Grant  has  been  either  business  man- 
ager or  editor  of  the  magazine,  which 
is  as  dear  to  him  as  a  living  person- 
ality. 

He  held  the  position  of  manager 
until  the  death  of  President  Joseph 
F.  Smith,  when  he  was  made  editor- 
in-chief  with  Edward  H.  Anderson 
as  assistant  and  with  Melvin  J.  Bal- 
lard as  business  manager.  And  the 
editor's  chair  he  still  dignifies. 

The  history  of  The  Improvement 
Era  is  a  story  of  faith  and  works 
united  in  a  most  efficient  manner. 
The  Contributor,  a  magazine  which 
had  been  in  circulation  among  the 
Saints  for  seventeen  years,  was  dis- 
continued in  the  fall  of  1896,  for 
lack  of  support,  leaving  the  Church 
with  no  magazine  through  which  the 
young  men  could  be  effectively 
reached.  This  loss  was  soon  keenly 
felt.     President  Grant  writes: 

Twice  in  my  life  I  prayed  to  the  Lord  to 


be  appointed  to  a  position.  The  first  time 
was  when  there  was  a  disorganization  of 
the  general  superintendency  of  the  Mutual 
Improvement  Associations  because  of  the 
failure  of  one  of  the  men  in  that  superin- 
tendency to  retain  his  standing  in  one  of  the 


tut 


IMPROVEMENT 

ERA. 


\\    .  % 


m. 


?*u  »hv4  *9*th<« 


■^::.:i^:.-.*?»«Uftitt.' 


A      MINIATURE      COVER 
VOLUME  I,  NUMBER  I. 


REPRODUCTION      OF 


high  positions  in  the  Church.  I  got  down 
on  my  knees  and  I  asked  the  Lord  to  call  me 
to  be  one  of  the  superintendency  of  the 
Young  Men's  Mutual  Improvement  Asso- 
ciation. The  Contributor  was  a  very  splen- 
did magazine,  one  of  the  very  finest  mag- 
azines the  Church  has  published.  ...  It 
had  died  a  natural  death  because  of  the  lack 
of  support  on  the  part  of  the  people.  We 
had  no  magazine,  and  there  were  no  meet- 
ings of  the  general  board,  except  that  they 
met  once  in  about  every  six  months.  I 
realized  that  they  ought  to  meet  every  week, 
that  they  should  come  together  and  con- 
verse and  work  out  programs.  I  prayed 
to  the  Lord  that  I  might  be  chosen  as  one 
of  the  general  superintendency.  The  very 
next  day  when  I  was  in  the  president's 
office,  President  Joseph  F.  Smith  said  to 
President  Woodruff  who  was  then  also 
General  Superintendent  of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I. 
A.:  "Brother  Woodruff,  I  believe  you 
ought  to  have  two  other  counselors  in  the 
superintendency  of  the  Young  Men's  Mu- 
tual. I  suggest  that  Brother  Grant  here 
and  Brother  B.  H.  Roberts  be  counselors  as 
well  as  myself."  .  .  .  We  immediately  call- 
ed a  meeting  and  we  considered  the  proposi- 
tion of  starting  The  Improvement  Era.  .  .  . 

At  that  time,  the  Church  was  in 
debt  and  without  credit,  and  almost 

679 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


THE  PRESENT  "ERA"  EDITORIAL  STAFF,  LEFT 
TO  RIGHT:  HEBER  J.  GRANT  AND  JOHN  A. 
WIDTSOE,  EDITORS;  RICHARD  L.  EVANS,  WAN- 
AGING  EDITOR;  MARBA  C.  JOSEPHSON,  ASSO- 
CIATE  EDITOR. 


at  its  lowest  ebb  financially.  No 
funds  were  available  for  such  a 
project,  the  committee  was  inform- 
ed by  the  office  of  the  Trustee-in- 
Trust.  However,  plans  were  formu- 
lated in  the  late  summer  of  1 897  for 
launching  a  magazine.  Said  Presi- 
dent Roberts  in  an  account  he  wrote 
of  the  matter,  twenty-eight  years 
later: 

The  strong  assertion  that  those  who  sup- 
posed that  we  had  no  capital  with  which 
to  begin  the  publication  of  the  organ  for 
the  Young  Men's  Mutual  Improvement 
Association  were  entirely  mistaken.  Our 
capital  was  the  interest  of  the  young  men 
of  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day 
Saints  in  the  Mutual  cause;  and  that  had 


nounced   as   Joseph   F.   Smith   and   B.   H, 
Roberts. 

At  that  early  time,  before  a  single 
magazine  was  printed,  the  sub- 
scription price  was  set  at  two  dol- 
lars a  year.  Several  members  of 
the  General  Board  at  that  time  were 
also  members  of  the  Council  of  the 
Twelve  and  the  First  Council  of 
the  Seventy;  they  took  the  mat- 
ter up  in  quarterly  conferences 
which  they  attended  and  in  other 
ways  assisted  the  campaign.  Though 


mm 


FIRST  HOME  OF  THE 
"ERA",  TEMPLETON 
BUILDING,  SOUTH 
TEMPLE  AND  MAIN 
STREETS,  SALT  LAKE 
CITY. 


only  to  be  appealed  to  and  drawn  upon 
in  order  to  be  sufficient  and  permanent  in 
the  maintenance  of  the  Young  Men's  or- 
gan. It  was  urged  with  complete  confi- 
dence that  if  our  case  were  fittingly  pre- 
sented to  the  young  men  of  the  Church, 
and  our  determination  to  publish  such  an 
organ  was  strong  enough,  that  we  could 
supply  the  capital  by  asking  our  young 
men  for  a  one  year's  subscription  to  the 
magazine,  strictly  in  advance,  and  before 
any  numbers  were  printed  at  all.  .  .  . 

That  was  rather  a  unique  plan  for  rais- 
ing capital,  and  many  were  the  predictions 
of  failure  should  we  attempt  to  execute  it! 
But  the  committee  in  charge  were  then 
young  men,  and  represented  at  that  time 
the  spirit  of  faith  and  confidence  in  things 
undertaken,  characteristic  of  the  young 
men  of  the  Church;  and  so  the  plan,  with 
some  misgiving,  was  assented  to,  and  a 
campaign  for  raising  the  capital  was 
planned, 

680 


ANOTHER  HOME  OF  THE 
"ERA",  OLD  PRESIDENT'S  OF- 
FICE BETWEEN  THE  LION 
HOUSE  AND  THE  BEE-HIVE 
HOUSE.  (THE  "ERA"  WAS 
ALSO  HOUSED  FOR  SEVERAL 
YEARS  IN  THE  PRESIDING 
BISHOP'S  BUILDING.) 


The  general  outline  of  that  plan,  as  I 
recall  it,  was  first  of  all  to  adopt  a  name, 
have  the  management  and  editorial  staff 
appointed,  and  then  send  out  campaigning 
companies  into  all  the  territory  occupied 
by  the  Church  organizations  to  solicit  sub- 
scriptions. The  business  management  was 
placed  in  the  capable  and  enthusiastic  hands 
of  Heber  J.  Grant,  as  manager,  with  Thom- 
as Hull,  assistant,  and  the  editors  were  an- 


President  Roberts  could  not  remem- 
ber the  number  or  the  personnel  of 
all  the  campaigning  companies,  he 
has  left  us  a  delightful  paragraph 
or  two  telling  of  the  activities  of  his 
own  company.    He  says: 

The  company  of  canvassers  with  which 
the  writer  was  associated  was  assigned  a 
group  of  counties  in  northern  Utah  and 
southern  Idaho,  and  their  tour  occupied 
something  more  than  a  month  or  six  weeks 
and  was  somewhat  typical  of  other  groups 
who  went  upon  the  same  mission. 

Our    territory    consisted    of    the    Afton 


BUSINESS  STAFF  OF  THE  PRESENT  ERA.  LEFT 
TO  RIGHT:  GEORGE  Q.  MORRIS,  GENERAL  MAN- 
AGER, CLARISSA  A.  BEESLEY,  ASSOCIATE 
MANAGER,  JOHN  K.  0RT0N,  BUSINESS  MAN- 
AGER. 


THE     IMPROVEMENT    ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


in  which  Hull  and  myself  sometimes  swell- 
ed the  chorus,  seemed  to  be  taken  as  cur- 
rency for  the  large  draughts  of  buttermilk 
and  lunches  our  company  consumed. 

Everywhere  our  public  meetings  were 
well  attended,  subscriptions  for  the  forth- 
coming magazine  rolled  up  on  every  hand. 
In  other  parts  of  the  Church  territory,  as 
well  as  in  ours,  the  young  men  of  Israel 
everywhere  responded  to  this  appeal,  and 
became  the  capital,  the  only  capital  with 
which   the  magazine  started. 

But  despite  this  loyal  and  ready 


Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  COMMITTEE  WHO  PLANNED  THE 
PRESENT  ENLARGED  "ERA".  LEFT  TO  RIGHT: 
GEORGE  Q.  MORRIS,  CHAIRMAN;  JOHN  D. 
GILES,  STRING  AM    A.   STEVENS. 


Stake,  in  Wyoming,  Bear  Lake  and  Oneida 
Stakes,  Idaho,  and  Cache  Stake,  Utah. 

The  personnel  of  our  party  consisted  of 
the  late  Robert  Easton,  and  his  wife  Jean- 
ette  Young  Easton,  Thomas  Hull  and  his 
wife  Margaret  Hull,  Douglas  M.  Todd, 
Viola   Pratt   Gillett  and   her  mother,   Mrs. 


RIGHT:  ANOTHER  OF 
THE  HOMES  OF  "THE 
IMPROVEMENT  ERA,"  47 
EAST  SO.  TEMPLE,  SALT 
LAKE  CITY. 
Photo    by    D.     F.    Davis. 


LEFT:     PRESENT  HOME  OF 
"THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA," 
50    NORTH    MAIN   STREET, 
SALT  LAKE  CITY. 
Photo  by  Homer  Wakefield. 


Milando  Pratt,  Walter  S.  Lamoreaux,  and 
myself.  Those  who  are  acquainted  with 
the  personnel  of  this  company  will  at  once 
surmise  that  it  was  strong  for  its  singing 
talent,  especially  in  the  personages  of  "Bob" 
Easton,  Viola  Pratt  Gillett,  Mrs.  Margaret 
Hull,  and  Mr.  Lamoreaux.  They  were  to 
give  concerts  and  the  rest  of  us  were  to 
represent  the  prose  proposition  of  raising 
the  .Era's  capital.  .  .  . 

Easton   and   his   associate  singers  were 


at  their  best.  Something  in  the  outdoor 
life,  and  meeting  in  the  homes,  seemed  to 
give  a  touch  of  romance  to  our  undertak- 
ing. Everyone  was  cheerful,  and  we  often 
went  serenading  people  in  their  homes  in 
out-of-the-way  places.  There  "Bob"  Eas- 
ton, in  Scotch  songs,  and  Viola  Pratt  Gil- 
lett, in  sentimental  ones,  with  solos  by 
Sister  Hull,  and  duets  and  trios  thrown  in 
for  good  measure,  in  which  Lamoreaux 
joined,  together  with  choruses  and  hymns 


response,  the  financing  and  business 
management  of  The  Improvement 
Era  continued  to  be  a  burdensome 
task,  and  President  Grant  began  a 
campaign  of  solicitation  by  personal 
letter  for  subscribers  and  donors.  In 
this  activity  he  used  his  energies 
and  his  private  means,  and  the  en- 
ergies of  his  family.  His  home,  then 
on  Second  East  Street  in  Salt  Lake 
City,  was  ofttimes  converted  into  a 
veritable  mailing  room,  with  the 
President's  children  folding  and 
sealing  while  he  signed  thousands 
of  letters. 

(Continued  on  page  720) 


Its  arrival  in  far-distant  lands  is  eagerly  watched 
for. 

It  is  clean,  it  is  wholesome,  it  is  refreshing,  and 
a  delight  to  its  thousands  of  subscribers. 

The  First  Council  of  The  Seventy, 

By  Rufus  K.  Hardy. 


T'he  Improvement  Era  is  to  be  congratulated, 
after  forty  years,  on  its  fine  appearance.  In- 
deed, it  is  so  bright  and  attractive  that  one  is 
tempted,  no  matter  how  busy  he  may  be,  to  pause 
and  investigate.  Opening  the  magazine  and  turn- 
ing to  the  title  page  his  eye  would  immediately 
catch  this  extraordinary  line:  "The  Glory  of  God 
Is  Intelligence." 

And  glancing  over  the  .  .  .  contents  and  .  .  . 
finding  them  to  be  of  the  very  highest  character  he 
would  be  led  to  exclaim,  "Now  I  know  why  The 
Improvement  Era  is  so  widely  read  and  so  popular 
throughout  the  Church,  and  even  beyond  its 
borders." 

The  investigator  would  not  be  long  in  discover- 
ing that  the  editorials  written  by  President  Heber 
J.  Grant  and  John  A.  Widtsoe,  Editors;  Richard 
L.  Evans,  Managing  Editor,  and  Marba  C.  Jo- 
sephson,  Associate  Editor,  add  interest  and 
strength  to  this  important  magazine.  The  ultimate 
success  of  a  publication  depends  in  part  upon  the 
general  management.  In  the  management  of  the 
Era  the  investigator  would  recognize  the  splendid 
work  being  done  by  George  Q.  Morris,  General 
Manager;  Clarissa  A.  Beesley,  Associate  Man- 
ager, and  J.  K.  Orton,  Business  Manager. 

May  signal  success  attend  the  coming  forth 
each  month  of  The  Improvement  Era,  is  the  ardent 
wish  of 

The  Council  of  the  Twelve. 

By  Rudger  Claw  son,  President. 

- — • — 

\X/e  desire  to  congratulate  the  Era  upon  its  forty 
years  of  successful  achievement. 

A  thing  well  born  is  well  on  its  way  to  success. 

Its  impetus  has  never  diminished  since  its  found- 
er and  business  manager,  President  Heber  J. 
Grant,  and  its  first  editor,  President  Joseph  F. 
Smith,  launched  it  forth  on  its  errand  of  home 
educational  enlightenment  and  its  missionary 
career. 

Being  in  touch  with  the  missionary  activities 
of  the  Church,  we  can  truthfully  say  that  the  Era 
is  and  has  been  a  messenger  of  joy,  peace,  and 
comfort  to  the  missionaries  in  the  field  and  the 
disseminator  of  the  Latter-day  Gospel  truths  to 
many  not  yet  of  our  faith. 


HTwo  score  years  of  splendid  service  in  the  presen- 
tation of  interesting  and  instructive  subjects, 
beginning  with  the  jubilee  year  of  this  Common- 
wealth, justifies  most  cordial  felicitations  to  this 
important  magazine  and  to  all  who  have  con- 
tributed to  its  success. 

We  honor  especially  an  outstanding  character — - 
the  first  Business  Manager  and  present  Editor- 
in-Chief  and  President  of  the  Church,  Heber  J. 
Grant. 

His  courage  and  persistence,  his  generosity  and 
enthusiasm  have  been  large  factors  in  carrying 
forward  this  publication  in  the  trying  days  of  its 
early  existence. 

May  this  magazine  continue  its  outstanding 
career! 

The  Presiding  Bishopric, 

By  Sylvester  Q.  Cannon. 

• 

It  gives  the  Relief  Society  great  pleasure  to  ex- 
tend congratulations  to  The  Improvement  Era  on 
the  fortieth  anniversary  of  its  founding.  It  is 
impossible  to  estimate  the  power  for  good  it  has 
been  among  the  people;  a  source  of  enlightenment 

and  of  entertainment. 

*      *     * 

At  this  interesting  period,  may  the  thought  be 
expressed,  that  the  sympathetic  understanding  of 
the  needs  of  the  hour,  the  vision,  courage  and  faith 
of  the  past,  continue  to  direct  its  course  for  the 
next  forty  years. 

General  Board  of  Relief  Society, 

By  Louise  Y.  Robison. 


TThe  Deseret  Sunday  School  Union  in  its  89th 
year,  applauds  The  Improvement  Era  for  its 
40  illustrious  years  of  building  faith  and  fervor 
into  the  characters  of  Latter-day  Saints.  It  is  a 
glorious  record  for  your  magazine.  So  long  as  such 
excellence  marks  your  performance,  we  shall  be 
cheering  for  you. 

Cordially  yours, 
Geo.  D.  Pyper, 
Milton  Bennion, 
Geo.  R.  Hill,  Jr. 
General  Superintendency. 

• 

A  magazine  is  successful  in  proportion  to  the 
friends  it  makes.  The  Improvement  Era  numbers 
its  friends  in  the  thousands  because  of  its  inspiring, 
enlightening,  and  helpful  messages.  The  Primary 
Association  is  happy  to  be  numbered  among  its 
admiring  friends  and  takes  pleasure  in  extending 
congratulations  and  abundant  good  wishes  for  its 
continued  success. 

The  General  Board  of  the 

Primary  Association. 


TWO 
BROTHERS 


FL 


un  and  mud.  Mud  and 
rain.  Sorrow  and  dread  and  futility. 
Men  with  courage  and  men  with 
fear.    So  this  was  the  front! 

My  sensations  on  going  over  the 
top?  At  first  I  thought  of  home. 
Pastel  skies,  cool  mountains,  green 
fields.  Then — into  a  hell  of  rico- 
cheting lead!  A  symphony  of  death! 
The  battlefield  was  a  tumbled  chaos 
of  broken  bodies.  Dismembered 
souls  drifted  in  the  cannon  smoke. 
Chatter.  .  .  chatter  ...  an  unending 
rhythm — was  that  machine  guns  or 
my  teeth  chattering?  Some  of  the 
boys  ran  ahead  of  me.  The  mowing 
got  them — over  like  wheat  they  went 
— sliced  off — -quick — easy.  My  feet 
snagged  on  bodies.  I  kept  on  going. 
No  telling — I  might  be  next. 

What  an  experience!  My  mind 
said  that  several  times,  I  remember. 
But  my  body  was  numb,  drenched, 
cold.  And  the  senselessness  of  it 
all  pounded  at  me. 

A  man  fell  in  my  way.  Did  it  hurt 
much?  I  wondered.  His  eyes  closed 
so  quietly. 

All  around  the  air  surcharged 
with  death — with  transient  life.  Hate 
crescendoing  in  song  —  bursting 
in  screeching  splendor.  Shells — 
screaming — spiraling!  Flash!  Flame! 
Eternity  swooping  upon  me  with  a 
thousand  stars! 

That  smothering  sense  of  death 
was  hushing  my  throat.  I  fought.  I 
wouldn't  die!  But  I  was  so  tired.  I 
almost  wanted  to  die. 

I  was  drifting.  Rising  and  sink- 
ing— just  as  someone  is  said  to  feel 
with  a  shot  of  morphine. 

Here's  what  happened.  You  can 
make  what  you  will  of  it. 

I  know.  I  know  I  passed  into  that 
mysterious  half-realm  between  life 
and  death.  There  perception  is 
keener— there  we  see  the  ordinar- 
ily unseen — we  hear  the  ordinarily 
unheard!  There  we  are  sensitized 
to  vibrations  on  a  higher  plane  than 
those  of  earth.  Delirious?  Oh,  no! 
My  mind  was  clearer  than  crystal! 

I  could  feel  someone  standing 
there.  Finally  I  opened  my  eyes.  I 
could  see  someone  in  white  and 
someone  garbed  in  black.  Out  of 
the  haze  two  faces  were  material- 
izing. The  mists  cleared.  One  was 
radiant  .  .  .  light.  The  other  dark 
.  .  .  haunted,    I  knew  them  some- 


A  SHORT  SHORT 
STORY  OF  THE 
ETERNAL  CONFLICT 

HELEN  TENNA  TYREE 


how.  Where  had  I  seen  them  be- 
fore? I  kept  trying  to  remember. 

They  say  I  was  shell-shocked. 
But  I  tell  you  I  saw  through  space 
and  time! 

Those  two  surely  resembled  one 
another,  I  thought.  They  looked 
like  brothers — but  separated  by  dif- 
ferent worlds!  Suddenly  they  be- 
came aware  of  one  another.  They 
did  not  speak.  The  one  in  white 
stretched  out  his  hand.  But  the 
dark  one  stood  sullen.  He  didn't 
appear  to  notice  the  outstretched 
hand.  A  fleeting  look  of  pain  came 
over  the  dark  face  and  then  a  sneer. 


They  were  like  people  who  have 
been  separated  for  a  long  time  and 
find  words  painful.  They  just  stood 
and  looked  at  each  other.  It  got  on 
my  nerves,  the  way  they  kept  stand- 
ing there.  Silent.  Death-like.  The 
dark  one  kept  on  trying  to  sneer, 
but  there  was  a  heart-broken  look 
about  him — like  someone  forever 
doomed — someone  forever  lost  ... 
lost  in  a  world  of  nameless  shad- 
ows and  horror!  I  felt  sorry  for 
him.     He  turned  to  go. 

The  other  stopped  him. 

"So — we  meet  again,  my  broth- 
er!" There  was  the  gentleness  of 
prayer  in  that  voice.  "It's  been  a 
long  time." 

Still  the  dark  one  didn't  answer. 

"My  brother!"  the  shining  one 
had  said — and  into  the  sweet  stern- 
ness of  his  face  came  deep  sorrow. 

My  brother!  My  brother!  How 
those  words  sobbed  themselves  into 
my  heart  and  chanted  in  my  soul! 
And  then  I  remembered  who  they 
were.  Spiritual  memories  stirred  in 
me. 

.  .  .  Existence  was  new.  The  uni- 
verse was  young.  I  heard  again  a 
crucified  voice  breaking  in  anguish. 
Again  I  heard  a  father's  tortured 
words  ringing  into  the  stillness  of 
eternity:  'Lucifer!  Lucifer!  Why 
hast  thou  fallen,  Son  of  the  Morn- 
mg? 

I  sensed  the  half-turning  of  that 
soul  moved  by  this  omnipotent  elo- 
quence. Then  sullen  pride  triumph- 
ed. That  god-like  but  self-destroy- 
ing pride!  I  sensed  the  perverted 
glory  of  that  lost  son.  He  who  had 
been  among  the  most  exalted — fall- 
ing— falling  from  the  grace  of  God! 

LJespair  weighed  me! 
How  could  we — lesser  ones — hope 
to  prevail  when  such  greatness  had 
failed?  He — the  Son  of  the  Morn- 
ing! 

Voices  murmured.  Awe  crept 
over  all. 

And  then  he  was  gone — the 
Prince  of  Darkness  wearing  his  de- 
feat majestically.  I  will  never  for- 
get that  terrible,  tragic  deserter! 
Alone  —  unwanted  —  but  not  un- 
mourned.  .  .  . 

And  now  the  brothers  had  met 


again. 


{Concluded  on  page  707) 

683 


a  Woman 

of  VISION 


Ctarted  by  Susa  Young  Gates  in  1889  and  Edited  by 
eight  women  of  vision,  the  "young  woman's  jour- 

NAL"    IN    ITS    FORTIETH    YEAR    IN     1929    MERGED    WITH     "The 

Improvement  Era." 


By  MARBA  C  JOSEPHSON 

Associate  Editor  of  "The  Improvement  Era" 


SUSA  YOUNG   GATES 
(Founder  of  the  "Young 
Woman's     Journal"     and 

Editor,    1889-1901.) 


Behind  every  great  movement 
stands  a  great  person,  one  who 
towers  above  his  fellows  and 
whose  shadow  elongates  to  mold 
events  and  shape  destiny.  The 
story  behind  the  founding  of  the 
Young  Woman's  Journal  is  poig- 
nantly bound  up  in  the  life  of  one 
whose  vision  and  care  brought  the 
Journal  through  its  perilous  years  of 
early  childhood.  Eight  other  great 
women  also  figured  in  its  growth. 
Their  genius  nurtured  the  Journal 
into  maturity  and  all  of  them  lived 
to  see  this  child  of  their  hopes  safely 
embarked  on  a  greater  journey 
when,  as  it  reached  its  maturity  of 
forty  years,  it  combined  with  The 
Improvement  Era. 

We  are  told  in  the  Doctrine  and 
Covenants :  "To  every  man  is  given 
a  gift  by  the  Spirit  of  God.  To 
some  is  given  one,  and  to  some  is 
given  another,  that  all  may  be 
profited  thereby."  Each  of  the 
women  who  fostered  the  Journal 
had  rich  gifts.  But  of  necessity  the 
story  of  the  woman  whose  vision  in- 
spired its  founding  must  receive  the 
greatest  consideration  in  any  article 
dealing  with  that  magazine. 

While  nothing  is  said  in  the  Doc- 
trine and  Covenants  about  women's 
having  gifts,  many  of  them  did, 
some  of  them  by  virtue  of  the  men 
who  fathered  them.  One  such  wom- 
an was  Susa  Young  Gates,  daughter 
of  Brigham  Young  by  Lucy  Bigelow, 
who  also  by  right  of  descent  was 
entitled  to  many  gifts  of  the  spirit. 

One  of  the  surprising  things  about 
our  early  Mormon  women  and  their 
descendants  was  their  ability  to  see 
into  the  deeper  significance  of  life 
and  in  spite  of  hard  times  keep 
bright  the  flame  of  desire  for  the 
684 


good  things,  both  for  themselves  and 
others  of  their  faith.  Theirs  was  an 
entirely  unselfish  devotion  to  the 
cause  of  the  majority.  They  knew 
that  their  personal  accomplishments 
might  carry  them  far,  but  they  for- 
got self  entirely  for  the  benefit  of  the 
greater  number. 

Susa  Young  Gates,  born  of  a  gen- 
eration   who    had    conquered    dis- 


MAY    BOOTH    TALMAGE 
(Editor,  1901-1902.) 


tance,  entered  a  new  pioneering  field. 
Brilliant,  friendly,  capable,  she 
could  have  gone  far  in  her  own  right. 
But  first  and  last,  she  was  a  Latter- 
day  Saint;  all  else  must  be  sub- 
servient to  her  wish  to  be  a  good 
Latter-day  Saint. 


ANN   M.  CANNON 
(Editor,  1902-1907.) 


VK7iTH  the  celebration  of  the 
fortieth  year  of  the  initial 
publication  of  "The  Improve- 
ment Era,"  it  is  only  fitting  that 
recognition  be  accorded  a  mag- 
azine which  submerged  its 
identity  in  order  to  make  a 
greater  magazine  for  the 
Church.  That  magazine,  "The 
Young  Woman's  Journal," 
owed  much  to  the  far-seeing 
women  who  piloted  it  through 
its  perilous  early  life.  They 
too  must  share  in  the  glory  that 
has  accrued  to  the  magazine 
which  has  resulted  from  their 
uniting  to  make  a  greater  "Im- 
provement Era." 


To  read  the  accomplishments  of 
Sister  Gates  sounds  incredible  to 
those  who  did  not  come  in  personal 
contact  with  this  vital,  tireless 
woman.  The  number  of  "firsts"  to 
her  credit  is  amazing.  She  started 
life  with  a  first,  since,  although  she 
was  not  the  first  child  of  Brigham 
Young,  she  was  the  first  child  born 
in  the  historic  Lion  House  on 
March  18,  1856. 

When  she  was  attending  school 
at  the  University  of  Utah,  Dr.  Park 
appointed  her  associate  editor  of  the 


first  western  college  paper,  The  Col- 
lege Lantern.  In  1870,  when  Pres- 
ident Young  moved  her  mother's 
family  to  St.  George,  Utah,  she  or- 
ganized a  large  club  of  men  and 
women,  called  the  Union  Club.  In 
1878,  when  she  was  in  Provo,  she 
organized  the  music  department  at 
B.  Y.  U.  In  1897,  she  organized  the 
domestic  science  department  at  the 
same  institution.  Sister  Gates  was 
also  organizer  of  the  first  state  chap- 
ter in  Utah  of  the  Daughters  of  the 
Revolution. 

All  of  these  activities  show  the 
tremendous  energy,  vision,  and  abil- 
ities of  this  truly  remarkable  woman 
whose  greatness  was  recognized 
among  women  outside  of  Utah. 
Susan  B.  Anthony  upon  one  occasion 


J 


ELEN  WALLACE 

(Associate  Editor,  1902- 

1907.) 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


said  to  her  that  she  would  make 
Sister  Gates  president  of  the  Na- 
tional Council  of  Women,  if  she 
would  forget  her  militant  Mormon- 
ism.  Sister  Gates  replied  character- 
istically that  the  price  was  too  high. 

A  woman's  first  duty  according 
to  Latter-day  Saints  is,  whenever 
possible,  to  rear  children  under  the 
everlasting  covenant,  according  to 
the  eternal  family  plan.  Although 
tragedy  stalked  Sister  Gates  in  her 
desire  to  live  this  law,  she  rose 
above  her  sorrow  and  finally  earned 
the  merited  satisfaction  of  having  a 
large  and  gifted  family.  Her  first 
obedience  was  always  to  the  Priest- 
hood and  when  her  husband,  Jacob 
F.  Gates,  was  called  to  fill  a  mission 
to  the  Sandwich  Islands,  as  the 
Hawaiian  Islands  were  then  called, 
she  unquestioningly  accompanied 
him  and  three  of  their  children  were 
born  there.  Had  not  her  father  led 
a  people  into  the  wilderness?  She, 
a  daughter  of  that  father,  could  do 
no  less  than  accompany  her  husband 
on  his  special  appointment. 

Proof  of  her  undying  love  of  the 
Church  and  devotion  for  its  prin- 
ciples is  manifested  in  her  sacrifice 
of  her  own  career  in  order  to  become 
a  mother  in  Israel.  In  addition  to 
the  thirteen  children  whom  she  bore, 
she  became  a  light  to  countless  chil- 
dren not  her  own,  who  lovingly 
called  her  "Aunt  Susa." 

She  herself  never  felt  that  she  had 
sacrificed.  On  one  occasion  at  least, 
she  said:  "It  was  better  that  I 
marry  and  give  of  my  talent  to  my 
children.  If  I  had  continued  with 
my  own  career,  there  would  have 
been  only  one.  Because  I  married, 
one  daughter  has  achieved  inter- 
national fame  with  her  golden  voice; 
one  son  has  given  his  musical  talent 
to  the  Church;  another  son  has  be- 
come recognized  in  the  field  of  liter- 
ature; another  daughter  has  become 
well-known  in  domestic  science." 

^Taturally,  when  a  woman  of  the 
ability,  the  spirituality,  the  geni- 
ality which  Sister  Gates  possessed, 
turned  her  attention  to  any  field,  she 
was  certain  to  meet  success.  When, 
accordingly,  while  still  in  the  Is- 
lands, she  had  the  vision  of  what  a 


ELSIE  TALMAGE 
BRANDLEY 

(Associate  Editor,  1923- 
1929;  Editor,  1929.) 


magazine  for  young  women  could 
mean  to  them  and  to  the  Church,  she 
was  not  long  in  trying  to  realize  the 
dream.  In  this  instance,  she  once 
again  proved  her  willingness  to  obey 
and  follow  the  counsel  of  the  Priest- 
hood. While  there  were  already 
three  Church  publications:  the 
Juvenile  Instructor,  for  the  Sunday 
School;  the  Woman's  Exponent,  for 
the  Relief  Society;  and  the  Con- 
tributor,  for  the  Young  Men's  Asso- 
ciation; there  was  no  magazine  for 
the  young  women.  There  was  no 
opportunity  for  the  young  women 
of  the  Church  to  receive  special  mes- 
sages, to  voice  their  opinions,  or  to 


ESTELLE   NEFF 
CALDWELL 

(Co-editor  with  Elen 
Wallace,  1905.) 


MARY    CONNELLY 

KIMBALL 

(Editor,  1907-1923.) 


ask  questions.  She  wrote  first  of 
all  to  Joseph  F.  Smith,  second  coun- 
selor to  President  Wilford  Wood- 
ruff, and  explained  the  plan  for  this 
new  magazine.  He  advised  her  to 
counsel  with  President  Woodruff, 
which  she  did.  With  his  approval 
and  recommendation,  she  wrote  to 
the  presidency  of  the  Young  Ladies' 


CLARISSA   A.    BEESLEY 

(Associate  Editor,  1914- 

1923;   Editor,   1923- 

1929.) 


Mutual  Improvement  Association, 
who  voted  in  favor  of  the  publica- 
tion and  presented  their  wishes  to 
the  First  Presidency- 

In  May,  1889,  when  the  Gates 
family  returned  from  their  mission, 
the  work  began.  In  October,  1 889, 
the  first  issue  was  published.  Two 
aims  were  ever-present  in  the  mind 
of  Sister  Gates  and  her  co-workers: 

1,  the  spirit  of  the  magazine  should 
take  precedence  over  literary  forms; 

2,  home  writers  should  be  encour- 
aged in  order  to  cultivate  talent 
among  our  own  people.  In  the  pages 
of  the  magazine  were  such  depart- 
ments as:  House  and  Home,  Dress 
Department,  Health  and  Hygiene, 
Our  Girls'  Department.  In  addi- 
tion were  to  be  found  fiction,  poetry, 
and  articles  on  literary  appreciation. 

Of  course,  the  financial  situation 


was  serious.  The  only  way  of  ad- 
vertising was  by  word  of  mouth. 
Many  of  the  women,  including  Sister 
Gates'  own  mother,  paid  all  of  their 
own  expenses  and  drove  their  own 
horses  and  buggies  into  the  outlying 
districts  that  the  magazine  might 
continue. 

For  eleven  years,  Sister  Gates 
was  the  guiding  spirit  of  the  Journal. 
Traveling  back  and  forth  from  her 
home  in  Provo,  she  was  ever  at  the 
helm.  Her  keen  intellect,  her  warm 
sympathies,  her  intense  vitality  kept 
the  new  magazine  going. 

When  her  husband  was  called  on 
another  mission,  this  time  to  New 
York,  "Aunt  Susa"  resigned  the 
editorship  so  that  she  might  accom- 
pany him.  Her  indomitable  spirit 
which  had  kept  the  magazine  going 
during  its  eleven  hazardous  years 
was  sufficient  to  carry  it  forward 
through  the  succeeding  years. 

Her  courage  in  face  of  disaster, 
her  sublime  faith  can  best  be  illus- 
trated in  episodes  from  her  life,  many 
of  which  have  been  a  constant  source 
of  encouragement  to  those  who  have 
known  of  them.  After  the  tragic 
death  of  a  little  daughter,  instead  of 
futilely  weeping,  Sister  Gates  went 
home  and  canned  tomatoes.  Her 
heart  ached,  as  all  women's  hearts 
must  ache  in  the  face  of  a  loss  so 
intense,  but  hers  was  the  truly  val- 
iant spirit.  She  would  work  out  her 
grief  rather  than  succumb  to  it.  She 
early  in  her  life  learned  the  value 
of  true  prayer.  Whenever  things 
seemed  too  hard  to  bear,  she  went 
to  the  Lord.  She  talked  the  situ- 
ation through  with  Him.  Then 
when  she  arose  from  her  knees,  she 
left  her  sorrow  and  heartbreak  with 
Him.  She  carried  hope  and  courage 
to  her  new  tasks. 

Susa  Young  Gates  had  a  talent, 
recognized  it,  and  acted  on  it.  From 
her  vision,  the  Young  Woman's 
Journal  received  the  impetus  to  go 
forward  through  exactly  forty  years 
of  existence  under  eight  capable 
editors  before  it  was  wedded  to  The 
Improvement  Era.  The  magazine 
began  with  the  first  issue  in  October, 
1889,  and  closed  with  its  final  issue 
in  October,  1929- — forty  years  of 
glorious  achievement. 

685 


"In  honor  of  the  Era's  Fortieth  Anniversary  and  President 
Grant's  forty  years'  service  to  the  Era,  at  least  forty  per 
cent  of  all  our  homes  will  have  the  church  magazine." 


7T      challenge  in  the  Church-wide  campaign 
/-%     to  place   The  Improvement  Era  in  every 
"*■  home  has  been  issued  by  Ensign  Stake,  last 

year's  third  place  winner  in  Class  B  Stakes  for 
total  number  of  subscriptions.  One  of  the  larger 
stakes  of  the  Church,  Ensign  has  set  its  immediate 
goal  at  1250  subscriptions — 40  per  cent  of  the 
Church  homes  in  the  stake — and  has  coupled  this 
avowed  objective  of  a  new  all-time  Church-wide 
record  with  a  further  expressed  determination  to 
realize  the  symbolism  of  its  name  and  be  an  Ensign 
to  the  Church. 

The  Ensign  stake  Era  objective  for  the  current 
year  has  in  it  several  points  of  particular  signifi- 
cance in  addition  to  the  fact  that  it  represents  40 
per  cent  of  Ensign  Stake  Church  homes.  The  goal 
was  placed  at  this  figure  to  commemorate  The  Im- 
provement Era's  forty  years'  service  to  the  Church 
and  President  Grant's  forty  years'  service  to  the 
Era.  The  objective  has  also  been  established  to 
honor  President  Grant,  founder  and  editor  of  the 
Era,  on  his  eighty-first  birthday  anniversary,  which 
occurs  in  the  same  month  as  the  Era's  fortieth 
anniversary — November,  1 937. 

The  Ensign  Stake  plan,  which  involves  many 
special  features,  was  launched  several  weeks  ago 
by  Anne  Smith  and  Chet  Larson,  Ensign 
Stake  Era  Directors,  who  have  lined  up  behind 
them  the  active  and  loyal  support  of  the  stake  and 
ward  M.  I.  A.  leaders;  George  Cannon  Young  and 
Louise  P.  Clawson,  stake  M.  I.  A.  superintendent 
and  president;  and  the  stake  presidency,  Winslow 
F.  Smith,  George  J.  Cannon,  and  Oscar  W.  Mc- 
Conkie,  and  the  bishops  of  wards. 

A  special  meeting  of  the  stake  presidency,  stake 
high  council,  stake  M.  I.  A.  leaders,  and  ward 
bishoprics  was  called  early  in  September  to  approve 
and  launch  the  plan,  which  provides  for  the  ap- 
pointing of  an  Era  chairman  by  the  bishop  of  each 
ward,  and  for  the  appointment  of  captains  of  fifty 
under  whom  as  many  Era  workers  as  are  necessary 
are  appointed  to  visit  twelve  families  each. 

Display  cards  were  shown  at  the  Ensign  stake 
M.  I.  A.  convention  at  which  High  Councilman 
D.  E.  Judd  sounded  the  challenge.  These  placards 
have  been  shown  also  at  other  stake  and  ward 
functions.    Some  of  them  read  as  follows: 


LEFT  TO  RIGHT:  ENSIGN  STAKE 
PRESIDENT  WINSLOW  F.  SMITH; 
GEORGE  CANNON  YOUNG,  STAKE 
SUPERINTENDENT  OF  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.; 
LOUISA  P.  CLAWSON,  STAKE  PRES- 
IDENT Y.  W.  M.  I.  A.;  CHET  LARSON, 
STAKE  ERA  DIRECTOR,  AND  ANNE 
SMITH,  STAKE  ERA  DIRECTOR. 


Onward  with  the  Church — The  Era  will  keep 

you  Informed. 
The  Era — 40  Years  of  Successful  Missionary 

Work. 
The  Era  Tells  the  Church  about  the  Church. 
In  the  Era — Messages  from  the  First  Presidency. 
The  Era  Read  in  Every  Home. 
Ensign  Stake  Goal — 1250. 
Ensign  Stake  to  Lead  the  Church — Subscribers 

and  Readers. 
The    Era    is    the    Organ    of    the    Priesthood 

Quorums. 

Tt  is  peculiarly  fitting  that  Ensign  stake  should 
undertake  to  set  a  new  all-time  Church-wide 
Era  record  in  this  fortieth  anniversary  year  be- 
cause it  is  President  Grant's  home  stake. 

It  is  not  thought,  however,  that  Ensign's  earnest 
and  spectacular  challenge  will  be  left  uncontested. 
Most  of  last  year's  leading  stakes  have  declared 
themselves  out  for  this  year's  high  percentage  or 
high  numbers  placements  and  most  of  the  stakes 
who  did  not  place  among  the  leaders  last  year  are 
organized  for  higher  records  this  year.  Last  year's 
record  by  Salt  Lake  and  Ensign  stakes  has  spurred 
other  Salt  Lake  City  stakes  to  project  their  activi- 
ties for  greater  accomplishment.  Brother  and 
Sister  W.  H.  Earnshaw  who  directed  Salt  Lake 
Stake's  outstanding  achievement  last  year  are  again 
directing  the  program  in  that  stake.  President 
Leo  J.  Muir,  Superintendent  George  A.  Baker, 
President  Geneva  Langlois,  and  Arnold  G.  Morris, 
Era  Director,  who  were  behind  last  year's  all-time 
all-Church  record  in  Los  Angeles,  also  have  plans 
for  this  year,  and  Stake  President  H.  R.  Price  has 
already  set  Maricopa  stake's  goal  at  1000  Era 
subscriptions. 

But  above  all  the  friendly  and  interesting  stake 
competition  and  challenge  and  counter-challenge 
is  the  great  motivating  purpose  of  service  and 
missionary  endeavor — the  determination  and  desire 
to  comply  with  the  oft-repeated  request  of  the 
President  of  the  Church  to  place  the  Era,  the 
Church-wide  missionary,  in  every  home  in  order 
that  a  growing  and  spreading  world-wide  Church 
may  be  kept  in  touch  with  its  leaders  and  with  each 
other,  in  order  that  wholesome  and  informative 
Church  reading  matter  may  have  its  influence  in 
every  home,  and  in  order  that  the  Church  may  be 
kept  closely  united  in  a  restless  and  shifting 
world. — R.  L.  E. 


686 


A  GOOD  INVESTMENT 


"M 


other!"  ten-year-old 
Johnny  stopped  eating 
his  cereal  for  a  minute, 
"What  is  a  good  investment?" 

"Whatever  put  that  idea  into 
your  head,  son?" 

"Well,  I  heard  you  and  Daddy 
talking  after  he  came  from  meeting 
last  night.  He  said  the  reason  he 
promised  to  give  five  hundred  dol- 
lars to  the  new  meetinghouse  was 
because  he  thought  it  would  be  a 
good  investment.  What  did  he 
mean? 

"Well,  dear,  a  good  investment 
means  that  you  put  your  money  into 
something  that  pays.  That  is,  you 
get  back  enough  to  pay  for  what 
you  put  in  and  more." 

"Does  that  mean  that  if  we  put 
that  much  money  into  the  ward 
chapel  we'll  get  our  money  back 
some  time?" 

"No,  we  probably  won't  get  our 
money  back;  but  there  are  other 
things  we  could  get  out  of  it  that 
would  be  even  more  valuable.  But 
if  you  don't  hurry  you'll  be  late 
for  school." 

Johnny  wondered  what  they  could 
get  out  of  a  new  meetinghouse  that 
would  be  worth  more  than  money. 
Goodness  knows  they  had  a  hard 
time  getting  enough  to  live  on  as 
it  was.  There  was  the  new  stove 
Mother  had  planned  on.  It  cost 
only  about  a  hui.  Hred,  and  they  had 
waited  a  long  tm:e  trying  to  save 
enough  to  buy  it.  And  now  they 
wouldn't  get  it  for  a  long  time  yet. 
He  had  heard  them  say  last  night 
that  they  would  have  to  give  it  up. 

It  seemed  to  Johnny  that  mother 
needed  a  stove  worse  than  almost 
anything.  That  one  in  the  kitchen 
caused  no  end  of  trouble.  And  after 
all,  a  ward  chapel  wasn't  used  much 
except  on  Sunday.  Money  and  fur- 
niture around  the  house  were  used 
every  day.  A  stove  was  not  all  they 
needed.  Other  folks  had  new  ice 
boxes  that  even  froze  ice  cream  and 
kept  things  cool — but  mother  kept 
her  things  cool  in  the  ditch  behind 
the  house. 

Everybody  seemed  thrilled  over 
the  new  chapel.  Johnny  was  proud 
of  the  fact  that  he  was  one  of  the 
first  group  of  Deacons  that  were 
called  to  the  stand  and  presented 
to  the  people.  He  noticed  that  his 
father  and  mother  seemed  proud  of 
him  as  he  stood  there  before  the 
congregation. 

The  new  building  was  grand. 
They  never   had   to   dismiss   some 


<*$. 


of  the  Sunday  School  classes  now 
on  account  of  cold  weather.  But 
he'd  had  a  lot  of  fun  in  the  old  one 
— been  scared,  too!  There  was  the 
time  the  President  of  the  Primary 
had  asked  him  to  lead  in  prayer. 
She  had  stood  by  his  side  with  her 
arm  around  him  and  helped.  It 
seemed  a  little  thing  now,  but  he'd 
been  mighty  proud  after  it  was 
over. 

When  he  became  a  Scout  he 
passed  most  of  his  tests  and  receiv- 
ed most  of  his  badges  in  the  new 
chapel.  He  was  ordained  a  Teacher 
and  then  a  Priest  there.  First  time 
he  helped  with  the  Sacrament  he 
thought  he  knew  the  blessing  on  the 
bread,  and,  when  he  was  half  way 
through,  he  had  to  stop  and  start 
over  with  a  card  in  front  of  him. 

Shortly  after  he  was  ordained  an 
Elder  he  was  called  on  a  mission. 
They  had  a  party  for  him  in  the 
new  chapel  and  almost  everyone 
in  the  ward  seemed  to  be  there  to 
help  show  him  a  good  time.  It 
made  him  feel  more  important,  like 
somehow  the  ward  was  part  his. 

"\\7hen  he  first  lauded  in  the  mis~ 
sion  field,  the  outlook  wasn't 
so  bright.  How  in  the  world  could 
he  ever  learn  enough  to  meet  some 
of  these  polished  ministers.  Why, 
some  of  them  had  been  to  college 
twelve  years,  and  he  had  just  fin- 
ished high  school.    The  first  time 


A  SHORT  SHORT  STORY 

BY 

GILBERT  H. 
ANDREWS 

he  talked  to  one  he  got  so  mixed 
up  he  didn't  know  whether  he  was 
a  Mormon  or  what! 

Then  almost  overnight  he  found 
himself.  When  he  got  the  spirit  of 
missionary  work  and  really  studied, 
so  many  things  he  had  learned  in 
the  home  ward  came  back  to  him 
that  he  found  himself  well  able  to 
defend  and  explain  the  Gospel. 

All  too  soon  his  mission  was  over 
and  he  was  home.  Mother  and  fa- 
ther were  still  in  the  same  old  house 
with  the  same  old  stove.  Every 
time  they  got  ready  to  get  a  new 
one  something  like  the  ward  chapel, 
the  new  stake  house,  or  his  mission 
had  to  come  first. 

The  crowd  at  Sacrament  meeting 
when  he  reported  his  mission  was 
the  largest  he  had  ever  faced.  He 
felt  just  a  little  frightened  when  he 
stopped  to  think  that  after  all  many 
of  these  people  knew  more  about 
the  Gospel  than  he  did.  And  then 
he  saw  his  mother's  face  in  the  au- 
dience. She  wasn't  paying  particu" 
lar  attention  to  the  opening  exer- 
cises. She  was  watching  him.  He 
had  seen  that  same  look  of  pride 
and  joy  before,  but  it  seemed  to 
stand  out  more  than  ever  now. 

Once  he  got  started  he  thorough- 
ly enjoyed  himself.  He  had  been 
rated  one  of  the  best  speakers  in 
his  district  and  he  would  give  these 
home  friends  the  best  that  he  had. 
And  after  all  he  was  talking  to  just 
two  people  in  the  group.  When  he 
closed  his  talk  with  a  strong  testi- 
mony and  sat  down,  he  noticed  that 
his  mother's  eyes  were  glistening 
with  tears.  He  suddenly  realized 
how  much  these  people  and  this 
Church  had  meant  in  his  life. 

After  the  meeting  so  many  peo- 
ple shook  hands  with  him  and  con- 
gratulated him.  Mother  just  put 
her  arms  around  him  and  kissed 
him  before  the  whole  group.  What 
a  thrill  it  gave  him! 

As  they  walked  homeward  he 
put  his  arm  around  Mother  on  one 
side  and  Dad  on  the  other.  "Moth- 
er, do  you  remember  telling  me  why 
you  thought  the  five  hundred  dol- 
lars you  put  into  the  new  chapel 
was  a  good  investment?  I  know 
now  why  you  thought  so.  May  you 
never  think  otherwise." 

687 


JhsL  LOG  OF  A 


London  News  Agency  Photo. 
PRESIDENT  GRANT  ON  THE  BOAT  TRAIN, 
WATERLOO  STATION,  LONDON,  JUST  BEFORE 
LEAVING  FOR  SOUTHAMPTON  ON  THE  RETURN 
JOURNEY  TO  AMERICA. 


CONCLUSION 

Stockholm,  Sweden. 
Sunday,  August  22,  1937 

WE  enjoyed  this  morning's 
meeting  with  the  Saints 
very  much.  The  Church 
looked  very  attractive  with  its  vases 
of  flowers  and  curtained  windows. 
Sister  Larson  says  the  sisters  of  the 
Branch  have  been  scrubbing  and 
cleaning  for  days  to  have  it  all  as 
clean  as  it  could  be  when  we  came. 
The  meeting  tonight  was  well  at- 
tended. The  brethren  estimated  we 
had  about  50%  present  who  were 
not  Church  members.  Father  told 
us  that  very  interesting  experience 
he  had  when  here  about  thirty-three 
years  ago  when  he  and  his  party 
called  on  King  Oscar.  It  was  the 
Fourth  of  July  and  in  the  morning 
he  said  to  the  party,  "What  would 
you  like  to  do  to  celebrate  our  natal 
day?"  No  one  seemed  to  have  any 
special  idea  and  so  he  said,  "I  know 
what  I  would  like  to  do.  I  would 
like  to  call  on  King  Oscar,"  and 
addressing  his  wife  and  daughters 
and  the  other  lady  he  said,  "Go  put 
on  your  best  clothes  and  we  will  call 
on  the  king." 

King  Oscar  was  at  his  palace  on 
one  of  the  little  islands  which  com- 
prise Stockholm.  When  the  party 
arrived  at  the  palace  grounds,  father 
suggested  to  them  that  they  wait  at 
a  certain  place  and  he  would  go  up 
to  the  door  and  present  a  letter  which 
he  had  written  before  leaving  the 
hotel.  If  the  letter  were  favorably 
■688 


EUROPEANTOUR 

UJWv  {pM&uknt  $Aan£ 
and.  thiL  QtwhwiiaL  {Parity- 

By  LUCY  GRANT  CANNON 

Of  the  General  Presidency  of  the  Y.  W.  M.L  A. 


received,  he  would  beckon  with  his 
hand  for  them  to  come  to  him.  In 
the  letter  he  had  told  that  they  were 
Americans,  that  he  had  a  letter  from 
the  Governor  of  Utah  vouching  for 
him  as  a  worthy  citizen,  and  he  en- 
closed the  letter  which  the  Gov- 
ernor had  given  him  with  the  seal 
of  the  state  of  Utah  on  it.  He 
reached    the    door,     knocked,    and 


faultless  English.  In  the  course  of 
the  conversation  father  told  him  who 
they  were  and  about  our  missionary 
system.  The  king  said  many  of  the 
ministers  of  the  churches  in  Sweden 
had  asked  that  the  Mormons  be 
prohibited  from  proselyting  in  Swe- 
den. King  Oscar  said  he  would  not 
do  this  because  he  had  sent  his 
agents  all  over  the  United  States  to 


THE  PRESIDENT  AND  HIS 
PARTY  ON  AUGUST  17,  1937, 
AT  THE  CASTLE  NEAR  COPEN- 
HAGEN MADE  FAMOUS  BY  THE 
STORY  OF  HAMLET.  LEFT  TO 
RIGHT:  JOSEPH  J.  CANNON, 
RAMONA  W.  CANNON,  DANISH 
MISSION  PRESIDENT  ALMA  L. 
PETERSEN,  PRESIDENT  HEBER 
J.  GRANT,  LUCY  G.  CANNON, 
JOSEPH  ANDERSON,  CLARISSA 
A.  BEESLEY,  PRESIDENT  LY- 
MAN. 


handed  his  letter  to  the  man  who 
answered  the  door.  In  a  few  min- 
utes another  man  appeared  and 
asked  in  English  what  father  want- 
ed. Father  replied,  he  wished  to 
see  the  king,  and  the  man  replied 
that  would  be  impossible,  as  those 
who  saw  him  must  be  properly  pre- 
sented. Father  said,  "Did  the  king 
tell  you  to  tell  me  that?"  and  the 
man  replied,  "No."  "Well,"  said 
father,  "I  sent  a  letter  to  the  king 
and  I  would  like  it  back  if  he  will 
not  receive  me.  In  the  letter  I  have 
enclosed  one  from  the  Governor  of 
the  great  state  of  Utah." 

The  man  left  him  for  a  moment 
and  in  a  few  minutes  he  was  told 
the  king  would  receive  him.  So 
father  beckoned  to  his  party  and 
they  came  up  to  the  palace.  King 
Oscar  stepped  out  and  spoke  to  them 
in  Swedish.  Then  he  asked  how 
many  of  them  spoke  Swedish.  Only 
three  did.    He  then  spoke  to  them  in 


ascertain  how  the  Swedish  people 
were  faring  in  America,  and  that  no- 
where in  any  of  the  states  did  he 
find  them  so  happy,  contented,  and 
prosperous  as  in  the  state  of  Utah, 
The  interview  lasted  about  ten  min- 
utes and  was  an  experience  to  be 
remembered. 

Monday,  August  23,  1937 

13  roth  er    Larson    had    our    trip 

planned    so    systematically    he 


CLARISSA  A.  BEESLEY  AND  LUCY  GRANT  CAN- 
NON ON  THE  STEPS  OF  THE  L.  D.  S.  COPEN- 
HAGEN  CHAPEL. 


THE     IMPROVEMENT    ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


TIVOLI,   COPENHAGEN,   AT   NIGHT. 

gave  us  a  written  schedule  for  each 
day.     The  one  for  today  was: 

8:30-9:30— Breakfast  at  hotel. 

10-12 — Missionary  meeting  at 
chapel. 

12-1:30— Lunch  at  Grand  Hotel. 

2-4 — Boat  tour  of  Stockholm 
waterways. 

4-6 — Relaxation. 

6-7 — Dinner  at  Marnarita — City 
Hotel. 

7:30 — M.  I.  A.  meeting. 

We  followed  it  as  outlined  except 
the  breakfast  was  put  forward  half 
an  hour  so  the  meeting  could  be  held 
earlier  in  order  that  we  might  visit 
the  town  hall  before  lunch.  We 
were  glad  we  did  not  miss  a  visit  to 
the  town  hall.  It  is  so  artistically 
situated,  overlooking  one  of  the 
waterways.  The  most  elaborate 
room  was  the  banquet  hall  where 
eight  hundred  people  can  be  seated. 
The  walls  of  this  room  are  in  glass 
mosaic;  millions  of  pieces  of  glass 
were  used  to  make  the  mosaics. 

After  a  fine  Swedish  luncheon  we 
took  a  boat  ride  of  about  two  hours, 
circling  the  islands.  The  sun  was 
shining  and  most  of  the  time  a  gentle 
breeze  was  blowing.  Passing  boats 
made  waves  in  the  water  and  we  had 
the  feeling  of  real  sailing.  Along 
the  banks  were  hundreds  and  hun- 
dreds of  pleasure  boats  of  every 
type.  Sister  Larson  says  40,000 
people  in  Stockholm  own  boats. 

In  the  evening  we  had  an  M.  I.  A. 
meeting  and  afterwards  walked  back 
to  the  tower  where  we  could  take 
our  last  look  at  Stockholm  by  night. 

Wednesday,  August  25,  1937. 
HPhere  were  a  few  hours  for  us 
to  spend  in  Gotberg  before 
leaving  for  Oslo.  We  took  the 
train  a  little  after  one  o'clock. 
All  the  Elders  and  some  of  the 
Saints  were  there  to  see  us  off.  There 


was  one  dear  old  lady  who  came  up 
to  shake  hands  with  father,  and  she 
said  all  her  life  she  had  wanted  to 
see  the  President  of  the  Church,  but 
had  not  thought  she  would  have  the 


SEEING  STOCKHOLM  THROUGH  ITS  WATER- 
WAYS. LEFT  TO  RIGHT:  SWEDISH  MISSION 
PRESIDENT  GUSTIVE  0.  LARSON,  PRESIDENT 
GRANT,  SISTER  VIRGINIA  B.  LARSON,  AND 
PRESIDENT  LYMAN. 


opportunity  now  that  she  was  get- 
ting so  old.  She  said  she  had  seen 
his  picture  often,   but  now  to  see 


him  was  the  happiest  day  of  her 
life. 

We  said  goodbye  to  President 
Gustive  Larson  in  Gotberg.  We 
had  all  formed  a  very  favorable 
opinion  of  Sweden  and  her  people. 

As  we  neared  Oslo  we  came  in 
sight  of  the  fjords  and  we  were  not 
disappointed  as  we  viewed  the  Oslo 
Fjord.  The  calm  water  and  the  beau- 
tiful islands  and  hills  make  it  a  scene 
we  will  long  remember. 

At  the  station  a  large  group  of 
Saints  and  missionaries  were  there 
to  greet  us.  President  Peterson's 
young  daughter,  dressed  in  the  col- 
orful costume  of  the  country,  pre- 
sented father  with  a  basket  of  beau- 
tiful flowers  from  the  Elders  and 
Saints  of  Oslo.  The  Relief  Society 
president  also  gave  him  a  bouquet 
of  roses  from  the  Relief  Society.  We 
came  immediately  to  our  hotel  and 
after  about  fifteen  minutes  we  were 
off  again  to  an  M.  I.  A.  meeting. 
Father  rested  in  the  hotel.  We  had 
a  good  meeting  and  a  very  fine 
group  of  people  in  attendance.  We 
enjoyed  the  singing  of  the  choir. 
My,  how  these  Scandinavians  can 
sing.  We  will  all  have  to  take  off 
our  hats  to  them. 


Y 


Friday,  August  27,  1937 

esterday  was  one  of  the  finest 
of  the  whole  trip.  Pres.  A.  Rich- 
ard Peterson  and  family  and  three 
Elders  went  on  an  auto  trip  with 
us,  taking  us  to  see  the  fjords  and 
the  Norse  museum  and  other  places 
of  interest.  They  called  for  us  at 
about  ten  o'clock,  and  we  took  a 
drive  out  along  the  hillside,  and 
every  now  and  then  we  would  come 
in  full  view  of  the  fjord.  It  was  a 
perfect  day,  with  the  sun  shining 
{Continued  on  page  697) 


A     TYPICAL     NORWEGIAN     FJORD     WITH      ITS 
RUGGED    LOVELINESS  AND   AWESOME   BEAUTY. 


nineteenth  Century  1. 1.  %.  Temple  irchiteeture 


THE  TEMPLE  AT  MANTI,  UTAH,  (DEDICATED  1SSS). 
UPPER:  CELESTIAL  ROOM;  LOWER:  STONE  SPIRAL 
STAIRWAY,    LOOKING    DOWN   THREE  STORIES. 


690 


These  pictures  copyright  1937.     All  rights  reserved.     Repro- 
duction   permission    for    any    purpose    specifically     withheld. 


ALBERTA   TEMPLE,    CARDSTON,   CANADA,    (DEDICATED 
1923).     UPPER:  CELESTIAL  ROOM;  LOWER:  BAPTISTRY. 


IweaMh  Century  |I.  B.  f .  Temple  Hrehiterture 


These  pictures  copyright  1937.     Alt  rights  reserved.     Repro- 
duction   permission    for    any    purpose    specifically     withheld. 


691 


fcditxfiiaL 


To  President  Heber  J.  Grant,  divinely  chosen 
leader  of  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of 
Latter-day  Saints,  the  staff  and  readers  of  "The 
Improvement  Era"  offer  congratulations  upon 
the  eighty-first  anniversary  of  his  birth. 


Q/orty  LJears 


"Defore  me  stand  forty  volumes  of  The  Improvement 
Era— one  for  each  year  of  its  life.  More  than  forty 
thousand  pages,  every  one  filled  with  entertaining,  in- 
formative, character-building,  faith-promoting  material! 
How  the  Era  must  have  blessed  its  readers  from  month 
to  month!  It  forms  a  noble  record  of  the  works  and 
ideals  of  a  great  people.  As  I  turn  the  pages,  thoughts 
crowd  in  upon  me. 

A  book  of  remembrance  was  kept  in  the  days  of 
Father  Adam.  Ever  since,  men  have  recorded  their 
thoughts  and  deeds  in  pyramid  and  palace,  on  polished 
stone  or  beaten  metal,  on  papyrus,  or  paper,  along  the 
highways  of  earth.  Upon  the  lessons  of  the  past,  thus 
preserved,  the  generations  of  men  have  built  their  own 
days. 

Indeed,  every  generation  should,  in  justice  to  itself 
and  those  who  follow,  leave  memorials  of  its  times. 
Thus,  expenditures  for  permanent  structures  of  use  and 
beauty  are  justified.  Statues,  shrines,  and  temples, 
beautiful  homes  and  notable  business  buildings,  roads 
and  bridges,  pictures,  music  and  books — all  become 
parts  of  the  book  of  remembrance  passed  on  from  one 
generation  to  help  another.  Every  man's  joy  is  in  the 
sum  of  human  possessions,  to  which  his  own  contribu- 
tion is  necessarily  small. 

The  Latter-day  Saints  have  been  faithful  in  recording 
their  history.  The  Kirtland  Temple,  built  at  uncounted 
sacrifice,  tells  eloquently  of  the  devoted  faith  of  the 
founders  of  the  Church.  The  Salt  Lake  Temple, 
rearing  its  six  towers  heavenward  from  the  great  Amer- 
ican desert,  reveals  the  unconquerable,  certain  vision 
of  the  high  destiny  of  the  Church.  Farms,  houses, 
cities,  tabernacles,  temples,  and  monuments  cover  the 
course  of  "Mormon"  history.  And  this  type  of  record- 
ing is  continuing. 

The  story  of  the  Church  has  also  been  told  in  written 
or  printed  words.  The  publication  of  a  book,  the  Book 
of  Mormon,  is  the  most  celebrated  fact  connected  with 
the  organization  of  the  Church.  Hundreds  of  other 
books,  setting  forth  the  claims  and  history  of  the  re- 
stored Gospel  have  been  authorized  by  the  Church. 
Periodicals  have  constantly  informed  and  inspired  the 
people;  these  have  now  become  invaluable  records  of 
bygone  days. 

The  periodicals  of  the  Church,  past  and  present,  form 
a  most  distinguished  assemblage;  the  Messenger  and 
Advocate,  the  Morning  and  Evening  Star,  the  Elders' 
Journal,  the  Times  and  Seasons,  the  Millennial  Star,  the 
Deseret  News,  the  Journal  o}  Discourses,  the  Con- 
tributor,  the  Young  Woman's  Journal,  the  Children's 


Friend,  the  Utah  Genealogical  and  Historical  Mag- 
azine, the  Liahona,  the  Relief  Society  Magazine,  and 
many  others. 

In  this  illustrious  company  The  Improvement  Era 
finds  itself.  Soberly,  on  its  fortieth  anniversary,  it  sur- 
veys its  history,  duties,  and  opportunities.  Humbly  it 
looks  back  upon  its  own  record  of  service;  coura- 
geously it  looks  into  a  future  of  greater  achievement. 
Gratefully  it  remembers  the  host  of  contributors  and 
field  workers  who  have  made  its  success  possible.  It  is 
doubly  grateful  for  the  men  and  women  who  as  found- 
ers and  editors  have  made  it  acceptable  to  the  people: 
Presidents  Wilford  Woodruff,  Lorenzo  Snow,  and 
Heber  J.  Grant,  its  founder  and  present  editor,  Brigham 
H.  Roberts,  Edward  H.  Anderson,  Hugh  J.  Cannon, 
Harrison  R.  Merrill,  and  Elsie  Talmage  Brandley.  It 
looks  trustfully  to  the  present  staff,  and  knows  that  it 
will  never  want  for  capable  help. 

Today  as  before,  The  Improvement  Era  holds  aloft 
its  three-fold  purpose:  To  record  the  current  events 
and  thoughts  connected  with  the  progressive  life  of  the 
Church;  to  interpret  events  and  opinions  in  the  light 
of  the  principles  of  the  restored  Gospel,  for  the  up- 
building of  the  faith  of  young  and  old;  and  to  leave  on 
the  pages  of  the  Era  a  truthful,  helpful  record  of  our 
own  age. 

Today,  celebrating  its  fortieth  anniversary,  The  Im- 
provement Era  voices  heartfelt  gratitude  to  all  who 
have  helped  to  make  it  successful,  and  it  pledges  its 
best  efforts  to  serve  the  people  of  the  Church  in  achiev- 
ing their  high  purposes  as  Latter-day  Saints. — /.  A.  W. 


m 


oman  s 


Changed  v(/orId 


HPhrough  the  pages  of  the  Era,  we  have  been  empha- 
A  sizing  the  tremendous  changes  which  have  occurred 
during  the  lifetime  of  our  magazine.  Strangely  enough, 
the  changes  have  revolutionized  woman's  sphere  par- 
ticularly. Where  formerly  woman's  work  kept  her 
constantly  bent  over  the  tub  or  the  stove,  modern  con- 
veniences have  emancipated  her  and  brought  a  new, 
hitherto  unheardof  freedom.  Hours  of  drudgery  have 
dwindled  into  minutes  of  rapidly  completed  work. 
Where  in  years  past  woman  was  confined  almost  liter- 
ally to  the  kitchen,  today  she  has  leisure  to  do  much  as 
she  pleases. 

What  is  woman  doing  with  this  new-found  leisure? 
Therein  lies  the  secret  of  her  success  or  failure.  Is 
she  frittering  away  her  time  with  senseless  amuse- 
ments or  is  she  employing  her  time  wisely  to  benefit  her- 
self, her  family,  her  community,  her  Church? 

The  old  saying  about  idle  hands  and  mischief  is  as 
true — if  not  truer — than  it  ever  was.  With  increased 
leisure,  there  is  also  increased  mischief — and  need  for 
increased  diligence  in  safeguarding  our  heritage. 

From  many  sections  of  the  country  has  come  the  in- 
formation that  most  of  our  present-day  trouble  centers 
in  young  married  women,  who,  having  so  much  leisure, 
are  using  it  to  their  destruction  rather  than  to  their 
salvation. 

With  the  new  leisure,  many  opportunities  are  afford- 
ed women  to  increase  in  power.  Endless  opportunities 
are  open  for  mental  and  cultural  growth  through  ex- 
tension courses,  study  groups,  and  individual  reading. 
With  increased  time,  women  could  undertake  a  study 
of  our  civil  institutions  and  with  vigor  clean  up  some  of 

{Concluded  on  page  712) 


692 


ihsb  OhqatL  ofr.  Bul  (pAJUidJJwotiL 


To  the  older  men  of  the  Church  the  story  of 
the  Era's  many  years  as  the  organ  of  the 
Priesthood  is  perhaps  familiar  ground,  but 
to  the  rising  generation  of  young  men  and  women 
it  is  one  of  those  inherited  facts  which  are  accepted 
without  historical  knowledge.  And  so,  in  this 
fortieth  anniversary  issue  we  here  review  the  steps 
through  which  the  Era  became  a  general  Church- 
wide  magazine. 

In  Volume  XI,  Number  1,  November,  1907, 
pages  63  to  65,  B.  H.  Roberts,  speaking  as  a  mem- 
ber of  the  First  Council  of  the  Seventy,  wrote  as 
f  ollows : 

Congratulations. — We  congratulate  the  Seventies,  first, 
upon  their  now  having  an  Organ;  by  which  we  mean,  of 
course,  a  publication  devoted  to  their  interests;  to  the  devel- 
opment of  their  views;  and  the  principles  for  which  they 
stand;  also  a  medium  of  announcement  and  publication  of 
official  acts.  By  means  of  the  Era  the  First  Council  will 
be  in  constant  communication  with  all  the  quorums  of  the 
Seventy  in  the  Church.  They  will  be  able  to  suggest, 
advise,  counsel,  and  direct  the  Seventies'  work,  both  in 
administrative  matters  and  in  theological  studies.  ,  .  The  Era 
has  been  the  medium,  of  late  years,  through  which  nearly 
all  important  doctrinal  and  theological  articles  both  of  an 
official  and  semi-official  character  have  been  published,  and 
it  is  these  doctrinal  papers  that  are  of  especial  interest  to 
the  Seventies,  since  they  deal  with  questions  in  which 
Seventies  are,  or  should  be,  intensely  interested;  and  are 
published  in  such  form  that  they  can  be  easily  preserved 
and  readily  consulted.  .  .  .  And  so  we  say  to  our  Seventies, 
now  that  we  have  an  organ,  let  us  make  use  of  it,  both  because 
it  will  give  helpful  suggestions  in  relation  to  conducting  the 
special  work  of  the  quorums,  and  also  because  it  will  give 
helpful  suggestions  in  relation  to  conducting  the  special  work 
of  the  general  character  that  will  be  helpful  in  preparing  the 
members  thereof  for  their  labors  in  the  ministry.  .  .  . 

The  proposition  has  been  equally  welcomed  by  the  Sev- 
enties wherever  it  has  been  presented  to  them,  and  is  regarded 
as  a  most  fortunate  thing,  both  for  the  lira  and  the  quorums 
of  Seventy. 

Seventies  Era  Agents. — The  presidents  of  the  respective 
quorums  should  at  once  take  under  advisement  the  appoint- 
ment of  an  Era  agent  for  the  quorum,  whose  business  it 
shall  be  to  solicit  subscriptions  within  the  quorum  for  the 
magazine.  .  .  . 

The  Era  sends  copies  of  each  issue  free  to  some  two 
thousand  missionaries  in  all  parts  of  the  world;  it  could  not 
do  this  only  that  its  agents  who  solicit  and  collect  its  sub- 
scriptions give  their  service  gratuitously  in  the  interest  of 
missionary  work;  and  it  is  on  this  basis  that  the  First  Council 
ask  their  brethren  who  shall  be  called  to  act  as  agents  to 
accept  the  appointment  cheerfully,  and  perform  the  work 
promptly  and  well. 

Cixteen  months  later,  Volume  XII,  Number  4, 
February,  1 909,  appeared  this  official  notice  on 
page  323: 

Now  that  the  quorums  of  the  Priesthood  are  engaged  in 
the  formal  study  of  theology,  and  meet  weekly  with  this 
commendable  object  in  view,  there  arises  a  need  for  a  means 
of  communication  between  the  general  officers  who  have  the 
study  and  the  direction  of  the  quorums  in  hand,  and  the 
members  and  teachers  of  the  quorums.  This  need,  it  has 
been  decided  by  the  Presidency  of  the  Church,  the  Presiding 
Bishopric,  the  Committee  on  course  of  study  for  the  Priest- 
hood, and  the  General  Board  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.,  will  be  supplied 
by  The  Improvement  Era  which  from  this  date  on  becomes 
the  organ  of  the  Priesthood  quorums  and  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A. 
.  .  .  Presidents  of  stakes,  bishops  and  quorum  officers  and 
members  are  invited  to  take  notice  of  this  arrangement. 

President  Joseph  F.  Smith,  writing  in  the  edi- 
torial  columns  of  Volume  XIV,  Number  1 2,  Oc- 


tober, 1911,  noted  the  addition  of  the  Church 
schools  to  the  Era's  broadening  scope,  when,  on 
pages  1 1 12  to  1 1 13  he  said  among  other  things: 

Already  The  Improvement  Era  is  the  organ  of  the  Priest- 
hood quorums,  besides  being  the  official  organ  of  the  Mutual 
Improvement  Associations.  At  a  recent  meeting  of  the 
Church  Board  of  Education,  our  magazine  was  made  the 
official  organ  of  the  Church  schools,  both  boards  unani- 
mously approving  of  this  action.  .  .  . 

Attention  is  called  to  the  statement  of  the  special  features 
to  be  presented  in  volume  fifteen.  It  will  be  seen  that  many 
important  subjects  will  be  considered,  and  matters  taken  up 
that  will  be  of  vital  interest  to  the  general  reader.  We 
hope,  as  in  the  past,  to  make  The  Improvement  Era  the  mag- 
azine of  the  home,  in  which  both  old  and  young  members  of 
the  household  will  be  interested,  and  in  which  the  quorums, 
missions,  organizations  and  educational  institutions  will  be 
fully  represented. 

In  all  things,  however,  the  spirit  of  the  Gospel  will  continue 
to  be  the  leading  thread,  holding  all  these  institutions  to- 
gether, and  the  Era  as  in  the  past,  will  breathe  the  Spirit 
of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  seeking  to  present  nothing  but  what 
is  clean,  pure,  proper,  and  in  harmony  with  his  laws  and 
commandments.  This  does  not  mean  that  modern  thought  and 
ideas  which  contribute  to  growth  and  progress  will  be 
neglected.  We  believe  in  progress,  and  that  all  truth  is  em- 
braced in  the  great  Gospel  plan.  We  therefore  seek  these 
things,  and  will  continue  to  present  them  in  the  light  of  the 
Gospel,  and  with  a  view  to  the  furtherance  of  the  great  cause 
of  the  Lord — the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  Latter-day  Saints. 

Joseph  F.  Smith. 

C  ubsequently,  the  Church  Music  Committee  was 
added  to  the  Era's  widening  scope,  and  in  1929, 
with  the  merger  of  this  magazine  and  The  Young 
Woman's  Journal,  the  Era  became  also  the  organ  of 
the  Young  Women's  Mutual  Improvement  Associ- 
ation, at  which  time  the  First  Presidency  of  the 
Church,  writing  in  Volume  XXXIII,  Number  1, 
November,   1929,  page  4,  said: 

It  is  not  too  much  to  expect  that,  combined  with  the 
Young  Woman's  Journal  and  with  the  aid  of  gifted  women, 
The  Improvement  Era  will  reach  a  degree  of  perfection  not 
heretofore  attainable.  .  .  .  The  Era  will  continue  to  be  the 
organ  of  the  Priesthood  and  the  Church  schools  as  it  has  been 
for  some  years  past. 

Offering,  as  it  does,  material  suited  to  the  tastes  of  young 
people,  it  has  a  well-defined  mission  to  perform  among  them. 
The  power  of  the  destroyer  is  abroad.  We  read  with  be- 
wildering frequency  of  appalling  disasters  on  land  and  sea — 
floods,  volcanoes,  earthquakes,  cyclones,  wars  and  revolu- 
tions, and  both  ancient  and  modern  prophecy  indicates  that 
in  this  respect  conditions  will  not  become  better.  Over  these 
occurrences  naturally  no  human  agency  can  have  control. 
But  disturbances  caused  by  the  elements  are  not  the  only 
forms,  nor  indeed  the  most  serious,  taken  by  the  destroyer. 
Concurrent  with  them  and  of  far  more  consequence  are  the 
destructive  inroads  planned  to  wreck  the  character  and  faith 
of  our  youth.  In  this  line  of  warfare  the  assaults  are  not 
made  with  storm  and  noise,  but  craftily.  .  .  .  The  Era  must 
continue  to  herald  the  startling  truth  that  the  Almighty  has 
spoken,  that  man  is  created  in  His  image,  that  the  Priesthood 
has  been  restored,  Christ's  Church  established  and  the  plan 
of  salvation  made  clear. 

Heber  J.  Grant, 
Anthony  W.  Ivins, 
Charles  W.  Nibley, 

The  First  Presidency. 

Another  step  in  a  broadening  Churchwide  scope 
was  taken  in  May,  1935,  when  the  First  Presidency 
announced  Dr.  John  A.  Widtsoe's  appointment  as 
editor,  with  President  Grant,  to  assume  active 
editorial  direction  of  the  magazine  which  now 
serves,  a  worldwide  Church. — R.  L.  E. 


693 


NEW  TEMPLE  SQUARE  MISSION 
PRESIDENT  APPOINTED 


Joseph  J.  Cannon,  recently  returned 
from  presiding  over  the  British  Mis- 
sion and  now  acting  as  first  assistant 
superintendent  in  the  General  Superin- 
tendency  of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.,  was 
appointed  by  the  First  Presidency  to 
serve  as  President  of  Temple  Square 
Mission.  Elder  Joseph  S.  Peery  who 
has  served  for  the  past  five  years  in  that 
capacity  has  been  appointed  manager 
of  the  Bureau  of  Information. 

ST.    GEORGE    TEMPLE    PRESI- 
DENT NAMED— October  10,  1937 

"Clder  Harold  S.  Snow,  bishop  of 
i1  the  St.  George  South  Ward,  has 
been  appointed  president  of  the  St. 
George  Temple  by  the  First  Presidency. 
President  Snow  succeeds  George  F. 
Whitehead,  who  has  served  as  temple 
president  since  July,  1932. 

President  Heber  J.  Grant  made  the 
appointment  at  a  special  meeting  of  the 
St.  George  Stake  Presidency  and  High 
Council. 

Sunday,  Sept.  5,  1937. 

The  Wasatch  Stake  was  reorganized 
with  Henry  Clay  Cummings  as  presi- 
dent. 

Thursday,  Sept.  23,  1937. 

The  headquarters  of  the  Netherlands 
Mission  have  been  moved  from  Rotter- 
dam, Holland,  to  292  Loan  Van  Poot, 
The  Hague,  Holland. 

Sunday,  Sept.  26,  1937. 

The  chapel  of  the  Sixteenth  Ward, 
Salt  Lake  Stake,  was  dedicated  by 
President  David  O.  McKay. 

The  New  England  Mission  has  been 
fully  organized.  The  mission  head- 
quarters are  at  7  Concord  Ave.,  Boston, 
Mass. 


SEMI-ANNUAL  CONFERENCE 
'T'he  one  hundred  eighth  Semi-annual 
■  General  Conference  of  the  Church 
convened  in  Salt  Lake  City,  from  Fri- 
day, October  1,  to  Sunday,  October  3, 
inclusive.  All  Latter-day  Saints  were 
directed  to  adhere  to  the  principles 
of  the  Church  in  every  particular.  In 
ringing  statements,  President  Grant 
said: 

I  announced  here  at  the  Priesthood  meet- 
ing last  night  and  I  decided  to  announce  it 
again  that  we  expect  all  the  general  Officers 
of  the  Church,  each  and  every  one  of  them, 
from  this  very  day,  to  be  absolute,  full  tithe- 
payers,  to  really  and  truly  observe  the 
Word  of  Wisdom;  and  we  ask  all. of  the 
officers  of  the  Church  and  all  members  of 
the  General  Boards,  and  all  stake  and  ward 
officers,  if  they  are  not  living  the  Gospel 
and  honestly  and  conscientiously  paying 
their  tithing,  to  kindly  step  aside,  unless 
from  this  day  they  live  up  to  these  pro- 
visions. .  .  . 

No  man  can  teach  the  Word  of  Wisdom, 
by  the  Spirit  of  God,  who  does  not  live  it. 
No  man  can  proclaim  this  Gospel  by  the 
Spirit  of  the  Living  God  unless  that  man  is 
living  his  religion;  and  with  this  great  un- 
derstanding that  we  have  before  us  now  we 
must  renew  our  loyalty  to  God,  and  I  be- 
lieve beyond  a  shadow  of  doubt  that  God 
inspires  and  blesses,  and  multiplies  our  sub- 
stance when  we  are  honest  with  Him. 

The  General  Authorities  of  the 
Church  stirred  the  record-breaking 
audiences  to  a  better  understanding  and 
an  increased  determination  to  follow 
the  standards  of  the  Church. 


ORVAL  W.  ADAMS  NEWLY 
ELECTED   PRESIDENT    AMERI- 
CAN  BANKERS  ASSOCIATION 

r\  R  V  A  L  w. 
^  Adams, 
vice  -  president 
of  the  Church- 
controlled  Utah 
State  National 
Bank  of  Salt 
Lake  City  was 
elected  presi- 
dent of  the 
American  Bank- 
ers Association 
at  their  63rd 
Annual  Con- 
vention, in  Bos- 
ton, October  13, 
1937.  Mr.  Ad- 
ams is  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Church  Auditing  Committee. 

The  nation's  highest  banking  hon- 
or has  come  to  Mr.  Adams  after 
a  long  and  successful  career  as  a  bank 
executive  and  as  a  prominent  partici- 
pant in  nationwide  banking  circles  and 
activities.  Two  years  ago  Mr.  Adams 
was  made  a  vice-president  of  the  same 
organization  by  popular  acclaim  from 
the  floor  of  the  convention,  contrary  to 
usual  procedure. 


MISSIONARIES  LEAVING   FOR  THE  FIELD   FROM  THE  SALT  LAKE  MISSIONARY  HOME 
ARRIVED  SEPTEMBER  27— DEPARTED  OCTOBER  14,  1937 


Top  row,  left  to  right:  Wilson  W.  Sorensen,  T.  Emerson  Baggaley,  Reid  Richardson,  Aldon  Anderson, 
George  A.  Collins,  Thomas  E.  Stolworthy,   Karl  H.   Hilbig,  Arlo  F.  Johnson,  Thorley  Johnson,  Lloyd  L.    Karren. 

Second  row:  John  Van  Limburg,  Eldon  Ricks,  Melvyn  A.  Weenig,  Don  Orton,  Don  Jensen,  Earl  W.  Smart, 
La  Mar  J.  Wright,  Ralph  D.  Kent,  Garth  S.  Lunt,  Sidney  Priday,  Calvin  W.  Ware. 

Third  row:  Grant  W.  Baker,  John  Dean,  Keith  E.  Smith,  Robert  K.  Cutler,  Carson  R.  Healy,  Russell 
Hochstrasser,  Ivan   L.  Cluff,  Albert  L.   Lewis,  Gilbert  A.   McDougal,  Ralph   H.  Jones. 

Fourth  row:  Verl  Kartchner,  J.  Donald  Earl,  William  G.  Penrod,  Karl  Freeman,  Lewis  W.  Smith,  Elias 
W.  Smith,  J.  B.   Robinson,  J.   Ransom   Hatch,   Hyrum  J.  Amundsen,  Jr.,   Duane  S.   Perkins,  Arthur  B.   Nielsen. 

Fifth  row:  Gene  H.  Gooslind,  Wayne  Bell,  E.  Enwood  Thompson,  Claude  J.  Burtenshaw,  Roselin  Stringham, 
Anna  Allphin,  Clarence  F.  Tanner,   Darrell  S.  Robins,  Jason  V.  Nordgren,  Paul  F.   Lindberg. 

Sixth  row:  Byron  A.  Howard,  Fredrick  Q.  Lisonbee,  Eldon  W.  Cooley,  Emmett  L.  Brown,  LaVern 
Whetten,  Winnifred  McLaughlin,  Annie  Jarvis,  Allan  C.  Woolley,  Irwin  Foster,   Roy  W.  Spear,  Herman  Richards. 

Seventh  row:  LeRtoy  Clark,  Richard  G.  Grismare,  Hubert  C.  Lambert,  Helen  Moffett,  Jennie 
Fonnesbeck,  LeRoy  Clark,  Edna  Smith,   L.   Flake  Rogers,   Eugene  S.   Hintze,  Thomas  Dyches. 

Eighth  row:  Aaron  Jones,  Dwight  W.  Smith,  Lynn  Buttle,  Leona  Cleverly,  Emma  Kendell,  Dorothy 
Bowman,  Alice  Hanna,   Dean  Smith,  Warren  Stewart,   Ralph  i  Kendell. 

Ninth  row:  Howard  R.  Haggan,  Preston  D.  Evans,  Bessie  Greenhalgh,  Marguerite  Christensen,  Maurine 
Abbott,  Elden  Luke,   Fern  Dansie,   Irene  Elldredge,   Delmer  E.  Simpson,  Don   R.  Watkins. 

Tenth  row:  Max  L.  Larsen,  0.  Clement  Williams,  Calvin  H.  Bartholomew,  Toynette  Baird,  Marjorie  D. 
Collins,  Mrs.  LeRoy  Clark,  Carma  Gamble,  Pauline  Black,  Ken  Wright,  M.  Floyd  Clark,  George  R.  Blake. 

Eleventh  row:  Max  W.  McKean,  Louis  J.  Haws,  Zella  Scott,  Donna  Anderson,  Seletta  Morris,  lone 
Johnson,   Dee  Esta  Burr,  Lizzie  D.  Thomas,   Darrill  S.   Bills,  Wendell  T.  Jackson. 

Twelfth  row:  Claude  Brown,  Jr.,  Ferryle  B.  McOmber,  Dean  G.  Griner,  Barton  Watson,  J.  W.  Sessions, 
Don  G.  Christenson. 


h)PiaL  Qkuhck,  3bwudsUiA*  £Visl  Smjinqj 


{Continued  from  page  660) 


Los  Angeles,  California, 

September  22,  1937. 
"California  hails  the  Era  as  the  greatest  mission- 
ary of  the  Church.  In  every  home  it  enters  it 
carries  the  Gospel  message  in  a  clear,  interesting, 
and  friendly  manner.  The  Era  is  indispensable  in 
the  mission  field. 

( Signed )  W.  Aird  Macdonald," 

President  of  California  Mission. 


Lovell,  Wyoming. 

"Being  members  -of  an  outlying  stake  we  are 
especially  appreciative  of  The  Improvement  Era.  It 
is  one  of  our  best  means  of  keeping  in  touch  with 
the  leadership  of  the  Church.  We  feel  it  is  a  bond 
that  unites  us  all  together.  Also,  in  our  stake,  The 
Improvement  Era  has  been  used  very  effectively  in 
our  missionary  work. 

(Signed)  Archie  R.  Boyack," 

President  of  Big  Horn  Stake. 


Huntington  Park,  California, 

September  25,  1937. 
"The  40th  Anniversary  of  The  Improvement  Era 
suggests  three-fold  felicitations:  (1)  Hearty  con- 
gratulations to  the  Era  itself;  (2)  Sincere  congrat- 
ulations to  President  Grant  upon  his  living  to  see 
his  humble  yet  inspired  efforts  mature  to  the  mag- 
nificent periodical  now  issued  by  the  Church;  and 
(3)  congratulations  to  all  the  people  of  the  Church 
upon  the  fact  that  President  Grant  still  lives  to 
bless  them  with  his  wisdom  and  leadership. 
( Signed )  Leo  J.  Mttir," 

President  of  Los  Angeles  Stake. 


New  York  City, 
September  26,  1937. 
"The  present  day  is  one  of  excesses.  The 
Church  exercises  wholesome  restraints.  Inquiries 
come  daily  as  to  what  the  Church  is  doing,  as  to 
its  plans,  its  methods.  Every  person  should  have 
an  intelligent  answer.  Give  us  the  Era!  It  is  a 
reliable  source  of  information. 

(Signed)  Frank  Evans," 

President  of  Eastern  States  Mission. 


Salt  Lake  City,  Utah. 
"I  value  The  Improvement  Era.  I  appreciate  its 
vital  messages  on  Church  affairs  and  other  live 
topics.  Each  month  its  pages  are  bristling  with 
interest.  It  is  a  readable  magazine  and  because 
of  its  fine  ideals  and  standards  it  is  a  safe  maga- 
zine for  young  and  old  to  read. 

( Signed )  Wilford  A.  Beesley," 

President  of  Salt  Lake  Stake. 


LaGrande,  Oregon, 
September  23,  1937. 
"Living  as  we  do  out  in  the  world,  we  appre- 
ciate the  Era  as  the  instrument  through  which  the 
voice  of  the  Prophet  of  God  speaks  to  us,  and 
points  the  way  to  life  everlasting. 

(Signed)  Geo.    Ariel    Bean," 

President  of  Union  Stake. 


Ogden,  Utah, 
September,  1937. 

"The  modern  test  of  the  success  of  a  magazine 
seems  to  require  that  it  be  instructive  or  entertain- 
ing, or  both.  Some  periodicals  cater  exclusively 
to  entertainment  and  others  almost  entirely  to  in- 
struction; but  those  of  greatest  circulation  appeal 
to  readers  who  are  interested  in  instruction  and 
entertainment. 

"The  Era  has  general  appeal.  Its  instructive 
articles  cover  a  wide  range  of  topics  of  general 
information,  and  the  Church  matters  give  detailed 
and  specific  instruction  that  is  almost  indispensable 
to  those  who  are  active  in  Church  work.  Its  stories 
and  pictures  are  delightfully  entertaining.  And  the 
gratifying  thing  about  it  all  is  that  it  is  always 
wholesome  and  elevating.  I  have  been  a  subscriber 
for  many  years  and  with  the  exception  of  few  issues 
— which  I  hope  some  day  to  acquire — I  have  a 
complete  file.  As  a  reference  work  on  Church 
history,  biography  of  Church  leaders  and  doctrine 
it  is  unexcelled. 

"In  fact,  I  think  it  is  the  finest  publication  of  the 
Church,  and  I  would  not  be  without  it.  I  read  it 
from  cover  to  cover.  Those  who  haven't  thus  read 
it  should  do  so  and  be  happily  surprised  at  the 
great  wealth  of  stimulating  entertainment  and  in- 
struction contained  in  it. 

(Signed)  W.  H.  Reeder,  Jr." 

President  of  Mt.  Ogden  Stake. 


Ogden,  Utah, 
September,  1937. 
"A  magazine  one  likes  to  read  containing  doc- 
trine, testimony  and  counsel.  It  promotes  cultural 
development  and  stimulates  higher  ideals.  A 
source  of  information  on  Priesthood  activities, 
and  the  progress  of  the  Church.  I  am  grateful 
for  The  Improvement  Era.  Congratulations  on 
forty  successful  years. 

(Signed)  Samuel  G.   Dye," 

President  of  Ogden  Stake. 


St.   George,    Utah, 
September  27,  1937. 
"Congratulations  on  forty  years  of  wonderful 
achievement  and  on  the  prospects  of  another  forty 
years  of  continued  improvement, 

"The  Improvement  Era  is  entitled  to  the  support 
of  every  home  that  wants  the  best  in  current 
literature.  It  is  interesting,  wholesome,  vigorous, 
and  inspirational. 

(Signed)  W.    O.   Bentley," 

President  of  St.  George  Stake. 


Phoenix,  Arizona, 
September  22,  1937. 
"I  do  not  know  of  an  institution  in  the  Church 
that  is  wielding  a  greater  influence  than  The  Im- 
provement Era.     Its   pages   are  filled  with  vital 
truths  attractively  written  and  illustrated. 

"Congratulations  on   the  marked  improvement 
in  the  last  few  years  in  the  publication.    Maricopa 
Stake's  goal  is  one  thousand  subscribers  this  year. 
(Signed)  /.   R.   Price," 

President  of  Maricopa  Stake. 


695 


DRAMATIS    PERSONAE 
By  Clarence  Edwin  Flynn 

WE    all    are    here — the    hero    and    the 
clown, 
The  villain  and  the  pauper  and  the  slave 
— To    speak   our   lines,    to   win    or    lose    a 

crown, 
To  move  across  the  stage  toward  a  grave. 

We    tread   the  stage,   and   strain   our  ears 

to  hear 
The  clap  of  hands,  or  hisses  rising  high. 
Where    in    the    cast,    oh    friend,    do    you 

appear? 
And  which  among  the  characters  am  I? 


SO  I  MAY  SEE 
By  Ora  Haven  Barlow 

Truth  is  so  great 
I  often  cannot  see — 

Like  a  blinding  light 

It  shines  before  my  eyes 

And  I  see  naught 

And  stumble  in  the  path. 

Help  me  to  rise, 
Great  God, 
This  hour; 
Help  me  to  turn 
This  beam 
Into  the  darkness. 

Give  me  always 

A  portion  of  Thy  power 

To  focus  truth 

In  front  of  me 

So  I  may  see. 


A  GORGEOUS  DAY 
By  Estelle  Webb  Thomas 

You  and  I  planned  a  gorgeous  day, 
But  it  rained — do  you  remember? 
And   the  wind   blew   chill   and   the   clouds 

hung  gray, 
As  they  will  in  late  November. 

So  we  merely  went  for  a  walk  instead, 
While  the  gale  rose  high  and  higher, 
Then  home,  with  our  cheeks  and  noses  red 
To  read  and  dream  by  the  fire. 

But  we  found  we  had  a  gorgeous  day, 
Perhaps  because  of  the  weather, 
For  the  glory,  it  seemed,  was  not  in  play 
But  in  simply  being  together! 


THE  SINGING  DUNES 
By  Lucia  Cabot 

(There  is  an  old  saying  among  the  fishermen  that 
the  wind  in  the  grasses,  and  blowing  through  the 
top    sand,    makes    the    dunes    sing.) 

The  WIND  had  played  a  melody 
Across  the  singing  dunes, 
And  in  my  heart  left  echoes, 
The   ghosts  of  little  tunes. 

And  some  were  songs  of  happiness, 
And  some  throbbed  deep  with  pain; 

But  silver  songs  from  singing  dunes, 
Are  never  sung  in  vain. 

696 


PRAYER   OF  THANKS 
By  Hilda  James  Worley 

We  thank  Thee,  gentle  God,  for  love- 
liness 
That  through  the  seasons  live  on  stem  and 

tree, 
For  masterpieces  on  a  changing  sky, 
The  mirrored  depths  of  every  azure  sea; 
Then  for  the  humbler,  sweeter  joys  of  home: 
The  ties  that  sanctify  its  every  wall, 
Our  friends,  our  kin,  and  then  a  loved  one's 

smile 
To  cast  its  gentle  aura  over  all. 
And  last  we  thank  Thee  doubly   for  that 

hour — 
The  hour  wherein  our  souls  commune  with 

Thee, 
And  in  the  beauty  of  that  silence  gain 
Another  step  toward  immortality. 


LIGHTS  ON  A  HILL 
By  Mildred  Game 

LIGHTS  on  a  hill  are  stars  swung  low 
In  answer  to  a  prayer 
To  bless  the  houses  in  a  row 
And  give  them  something  rare, 
Lifting  the  eyes  of  men  that  climb 
In  shining   gratitude 
That  God  has  granted  them  the  boon 
To  build  a  neighborhood. 


.  —  ■ 

QUEST  FOR  BEAUTY 
By  Anna  H.  Hayes 

T  sought  thee,  beauty,  in  the  jeweled  skies 
*  And  warm,  sweet  breath  of  ocean-sighing 

wind. 
I    sought    thee    in   the   break   of   pounding 

surf 
And  where  a  rose-stream  meadow  quiet  lies. 

I  sought  thee  in  the  distant  market  place 
Where  artist's  skill  has  wrought  old  treas- 
ures rare 
Of  ivory  and  silver  filigree 
And  silken  strands  of  gold-encrusted  lace. 

I  sought  thee,  beauty,  in  an  arching  dome, 
In  lofty  spires,  crested  by  the  sun, 
And  yet,  I  found  no  lovelier  sight  than  this, 
Love  serving  life,  within  a  quiet  home! 


TRUTH   AND    BEAUTY 
By   Nephi   Jensen 

Bursting  bud  and  blushing  rose 
And  glint  of  dancing  star 
Bring  me  Beauty's  repose; 
I  own  all,  near  and  far. 

Serene  Truth's  regal  reign 

My    heart   with    faith   empowers; 

Peace  holds  my  soul's  domain; 
I  own  life's  rarest  dowers. 


GOSSIPS 

By  Kathvya  Kendall 

Their  chattering  is  like  a  clod 
Which — loosened     from     a     mountain- 
side— 
Bares  grim  destruction  in  its  wake, 
And  oh,  what  lovely  flowers  hide! 


CHOICE 

By  Margaret  Coray 

Rather  stars 
And  shafts  of  candle-light 
To  flow  across  all  hidden, 
Grim,  forbidden 
Ugliness 

Than  burning  white 
Of  day,   that  mars 
All  loveliness 
By  searching  for  its  scars. 

■  ♦  » 

I  HAVE  A  GIFT 

By  Aurelia  Pyper 

I  have  a  gift, 
But  it's  so  very  small 
That  some  would  say  it  is  not 
A  gift  at  all. 

It  is  not  mine 

To  thrill  the  souls  of  men 

By  painting   pictures,   singing   songs; 

Nor  yet  again 

Is  given  me 

The  power  to  uplift 

With  words  of  flame,  yet  I  repeat, 

I  have  a  gift. 

I  cannot  build 

Great  temples,  it  is  true. 

Or  delve  in  mysteries  of  science, 

But  this   I   do: 

I  stand  in  awe 

Before  a  canvas  where 

An  artist  shows  he's  searched  his  soul 

And  laid  it  bare; 

I  bow  me  down 

On  humbly  bended  knee 

While  someone  speaks  his  words  of  faith; 

In  ecstasy, 

I  listen  to 

The  songs  the  singers  sing, 

Or  see  the  beauty  and  the  joy 

The  others  bring. 

It  isn't  mine — 

The  power  to  create; 

But  still  I  have  a  gift,  for  I 

Appreciate.  ( 


WHAT  THEY  WERE  READING 


November,  1897 

Quo  Vadis,  Sienkiewicz,  Little, 
Brown  and  Co. 

Hugh  Wynne,  Mitchell,  Century  Co. 

The  Choir  Invisible,  Allen,  Mac- 
millan. 

The  Christian,  Caine,  Appleton  Co. 

Captains  Courageous,  Kipling,  Cen- 
tury Co. 

In  Kedar's  Tents,  Merriman,  Dodd, 
Mead  and  Co. 


November,    1917 

The  Dwelling  Place  of  Light, 
Churchill,  Macmillan. 

Christine,  Cholmondeley,  Macmillan. 

Extricating  Obadiah,  Lincoln,  Apple- 
ton. 

Missing,  Ward,  Dodd,  Mead. 

The  Major,  Connor,  Doran. 

The  Salt  of  the  Earth,  Sedgwick, 
Watt. 


November,  1937 


Northwest  Passage,  Roberts,  Double- 
day,  Doran. 

And  So — Victoria,  Wilkins,  Mac- 
millan. 

The  Citadel,  Cronin,  Little,  Brown, 
and  Co. 

The  Seven  Who  Fled,  Prokosch, 
Harper. 

The  Wind  from  the  Mountains, 
Gulbranssen,  Putnam. 


On  Reading 

"V^ES'  seek  ye  out  of  the  best  books 
•"■  words  of  wisdom;  seek  learn- 
ing, even  by  study  and  also  by  faith." 
These  words,  although  spoken  by  the 
Prophet  Joseph  Smith  in  1832,  still 
have  tremendous  significance  for  us 
today. 

The  exhortation  comes  vigorously 
as  a  commandment  that  we  must  read 
not  only  good  books  but  the  best.  As 
Lacter-day  Saints  we  are  eager  to  keep 
abreast  of  the  times.  Our  alertness 
to  events  is  evidenced  through  our 
reading.  It  is  easy  for  us  to  read  if 
we  make  up  our  minds  that  we  should 
read.  We  can  find  time  to  do  the 
things  which  we  want  to  do. 

The  difficulty  arises  in  seeking  out 
the  best  books.  At  the  present  time,  in 
the  United  States  alone,  there  are  a 
little  better  than  twenty-four  books 
published  daily.  Imagine — a  book  for 
every  hour  of  your  waking  and  sleep- 
ing day! 


Even  if  we  had  the  inclination  and 
the  desire,  physical  limitations  would 
make  it  impossible  for  most  of  us  to 
read  even  one  book  a  day,  to  say 
nothing  of  one  book  an  hour.  Our 
eyes  would  rebel  at  the  strain;  our 
minds  refuse  to  absorb  what  was  read; 
our  bodies  revolt  at  the  restrained 
position. 

We  must  therefore  develop  a  dis- 
criminating taste  and  not  be  misled  by 
attractive  make-up  and  clever  adver- 
tisers. We  want  health  both  mentally 
and  spiritually  from  the  books  we 
read.  We  therefore  need  to  choose 
as  carefully  the  books  we  read  as  the 
food  we  eat.  Many  books  have  been 
tested  by  the  acid  test  of  time  and 
have  been  found  not  wanting.  In  this 
class  must  come  of  necessity  the  Bible 
which,  during  all  the  years,  has  proved 
a  consistent  best  seller.  For  Latter-day 
Saints  must  come  next  the  standard 
Church  works:  the  Book  of  Mormon, 
the  Doctrine  and  Covenants,  the  Pearl 
of  Great  Price. 

Senator  Borah  has  developed  a  sys- 


tem which  has  proved  worthwhile.  For 
every  new  book  he  reads,  he  reads  one 
that  has  become  established.  Books 
like  Franklin's  Autobiography,  Cer- 
vantes' Don  Quixote,  Hugo's  Les  Mis- 
etables  should  be  part  of  the  common 
heritage  of  humanity.  The  more  cur- 
rent, popular  books  should  be  read 
when  their  timeliness  or  their  mes- 
sage warrants  their  being  read.  Link's 
The  Return  To  Religion,  Gulbranssen's 
The  Wind  From  the  Mountains,  and 
Heiser's  An  American  Doctor's  Odys- 
sey fall  into  this  category.  The  pas- 
sage of  time  will  undoubtedly  tend  to 
decrease  our  interest  in'  these  books, 
but  their  timely  message  is  worth  our 
considering  right  now. 

As  we  finish  reading  those  books 
which  we  select,  we  should  make  a 
very  definite  criticism,  including  both 
the  good  and  the  bad  points  of  each 
of  them.  We  shall  in  this  way  increase 
our  power  to  analyze  books,  and  we 
shall  become  better  readers  and  fulfill 
more  nearly  the  commandment:  "Seek 
learning,  even  by  study." — M.  C.  J. 


LOG  OF  A  EUROPEAN  TOUR 


(Continued  from  page  689)  Ibsen.    It  is  reproduced  just  as  he 

brightly,  and  just  a  few  clouds  in     used  it. 

the  sky.  After    visiting    the    museum    we 

We  went  to  the  museum  which  went  for  a  lovely  ride  to  a  high 
houses  three  old  viking  ships.  One  point  above  the  city  where  we  had 
was  unearthed  in  1867,  another  in 
1880,  and  the  last  one  in  1904. 
These  ships  were  in  huge  mounds, 
which  when  they  were  uncovered, 
were  found  to  be  burial  grounds. 
The  Osberg  ship  was  found  in  1903 
and  unearthed  in  1904  under  the 
guidance  of  the  university.  It  is 
supposed  to  have  been  the  burial 
ship  of  a  queen  who  lived  in  the 
eighth  century.  When  the  ship  was 
found  it  contained  the  skeletons  of 
the  queen,  her  handmaid,  twelve 
horses,  one  ox,  and  four  dogs. 

From  here  we  went  to  the  Norse 
Folk  Museum.  We  were  especially 
interested  in  the  room  of  Hendrik  \^ 


a  fine  view  of  the  city  and  the  Oslo 
Fjord  and  the  harbor. 

After  a  hurried  supper  we  all 
went  to  our  rooms  to  rest  for  an 
hour  before  going  to  the  chapel  for 
meeting.  Our  meeting  was  a  splen- 
did one.  When  we  arrived  the  peo- 
ple were  all  in  their  places  and  some 
were  standing  up.  The  congrega- 
tion arose  as  father  entered  and  re- 
mained standing  until  we  had  all 
come  in.  The  choir  made  a  fine  ap- 
pearance, all  the  ladies  were  dressed 
in  white.  The  choir  was  a  splendid 
one  and  sang  with  feeling  and  spirit. 
Father  and  Brother  Lyman  were 
the  speakers  and  they  had  the  at- 
tention of  the  audience  all  the  time. 
After  the  meeting  father  remained 
to  shake  hands  with  those  who  were 
eager  to  meet  him. 

{Continued  on  page  708) 
697 


CONDUCTED  BY  MARBA  C.  JOSEPHSON 

IT'S  ALL  IN  A  WOMAN'S  LIFE 

1897  1917  1937 

This  is  the  way  we  wash  our  clothes  so  early  Monday  morning. 


This  is  the  way  we  iron  our  clothes  so  early  Tuesday  morning. 


This  is  the  way  we  mend  our  clothes  so  early  Wednesday  morning. 


The  Improvement  Era  wishes  to  express  its  gratitude  to  the  following  companies  for  their  courtesy  in  making  this  feature 
possible:  Blackstone  Washing  Machine  Company,  Utah  Power  and  Light  Company,  General  Electric  Supply  Company,  White 
Sewing  Machine  Company,  Eureka  Vacuum  Company,  Crane  Company,  Z.  C.  M.  I.,  Ironrite  Company,  and  the  Deseret  News. 

698 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 

1897  1917  1937 

This  is  the  way  we  bake  our  bread  so  early  Thursday  morning. 


This  is  the  way  we  sweep  our  floors  so  early  Friday  morning. 


This  is  the  way  we  take  our  baths  so  early  Saturday  evening. 


This    deluxe    tub    of    the    nineties    was    of 
coppei-lined  steel  with  a  polished  wood  rim. 


This  is  the  way  we  go  to  church  so  early  Sunday  morning! 


Ss  i-mw 


If 

81 


An  actual  reproduction  of 
Z.  C.  M.  I.  advertisement 
appearing    October    30,    1897. 


699 


CONDUCTED   BY  THE  MELCHIZEDEK   PRIESTHOOD   COMMITTEE   OF  THE 
COUNCIL  OF  THE  TWELVE — EDITED  BY  JOSEPH   FIELDING  SMITH 


COUNSEL  AND 

COMMANDMENT 

HPhe  General  Conference  of  the 
A  Church  held  during  the  first  three 
days  of  October,  1937,  was  outstand- 
ing among  the  conferences  of  the 
Church  in  the  outpouring  of  the  Spirit 
of  the  Lord  by  way  of  counsel  and 
commandment.  The  remark  is  some- 
times made  by  thoughtless  and  unob- 
serving  persons  that  the  spirit  of  rev- 
elation is  not  guiding  the  Latter-day 
Saints  now  as  in  former  times.  This 
thought  can  hardly  be  entertained  by 
the  members  who  crowded  the  Tab- 
ernacle during  the  three  days  of  con- 
ference. To  all  who  possess  the  spirit 
of  discernment  and  the  enlightenment 
of  the  Holy  Spirit,  it  was  very  ap- 
parent that  the  Lord  was  pouring  out 
His  Spirit  and  giving  to  the  members 
of  the  Church  commandment  and  di- 
rection, which  is  most  timely  and  need- 
ful in  these  days  of  increased  disobedi- 
ence and  wickedness,  which  pervade 
the  world. 

Never,  perhaps,  has  President  Grant 
spoken  with  greater  power  and  inspira- 
tion to  the  assembled  multitudes  of 
the  Church  than  at  this  conference. 
Seldom  have  the  members  been  called 
upon  with  greater  power  and  inspira- 
tion to  obey  the  counsels  and  com- 
mandments of  the  Lord;  to  walk  in 
wisdom's  paths  and  be  faithful  to 
principle  and  covenant,  that  the  Church 
may  escape  the  evils  which  are  rap- 
idly consuming  the  entire  world.  Never 
has  there  been  a  time  when  such  in- 
struction and  commandments  were 
more  needed. 

The  world  is  rapidly  being  overcome 
by  immoral  practices.  Men  and  wom- 
en and  even  children  of  tender  years 
are  destroying  their  bodies  with  nar- 
cotics, stimulants,  and  other  evil 
agencies;  and  these  are  finding  their 
way  among  the  people  who  are  under 
covenant  to  observe  and  keep  the 
laws  of  God.  The  standards  set  up 
in  the  Gospel  for  the  Latter-day  Saints 
are  exceedingly  high.  They  are  based 
upon  divine  principles  which  have  been 
revealed  for  the  temporal  as  well  as 
the  spiritual  salvation  of  the  children 
of  men.  No  other  people  in  the  world, 
as  far  as  we  know,  hold  such  high 
ideals.  We  are  taught  that  salvation 
hereafter,  as  well  as  now,  depends  upon 
keeping  the  body  clean,  sweet,  and  a 
fit  tabernacle  for  the  Spirit  of  God. 
How  can  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord  dwell 
in  unclean  tabernacles?  Paul  cried  out 
in  words  of  warning  to  the  Saints  of 
former  days:  "Know  ye  not  that  ye 
are  the  temple  of  God,  and  that  the 
Spirit  of  God  dwelleth  in  you?  If  any 
man  defile  the  temple  of  God,  him  shall 

700 


God  destroy;  for  the  temple  of  God 
is  holy,  which  temple  ye  are." 

One  reason  why  the  ideals  and  as- 
pirations of  the  Latter-day  Saints 
transcend  the  ideals  and  aspirations 
of  other  peoples  is  due  to  the  fact  that 
they  believe  in  a  literal  sense  that  they 
are  the  offspring  of  God.  He  is  in  very 
deed  our  Father.  We  were  created 
in  His  image  and  likeness,  for  it  is 
written:  "In  the  image  of  His  own 
body,  male  and  female,  created  He 
them,  and  blessed  them  and  called 
their  name  Adam,  in  the  day  when 
they  were  created  and  became  living 
souls  in  the  land  upon  the  footstool 
of  God."  The  declaration  of  the  risen 
Lord  to  Mary,  is  accepted  in  a  literal 
sense.  How  else  can  it  be  received  in 
reason?  ".  ,  .  go  to  my  brethren,  and 
say  unto  them  I  ascend  unto  my  Fa- 
ther, and  your  Father;  and  to  my  God, 
and  your  God." 

What  a  glorious  revelation  it  is  to 
us  to  know  that  we  are  "begotten  sons 
and  daughters  unto  God;"  that  we  are 
created  in  His  divine  image,  even  in 
the  image  of  His  own  glorious  body! 
What  a  sad  thing  it  is  that  this  great 
eternal  truth  has  been  lost  to  the  world 
through  their  disobedience,  and  that 
Satan  has  gained  such  power  among 
them,  teaching  them  a  debased  doc- 
trine in  relation  to  their  origin! 

Since,  then,  we  are  the  offspring  of 
God,  endowed  with  power  through  the 
saving  truths  of  the  everlasting  Gos- 
pel and  obedience  to  sacred  covenants, 
to  become  like  Him,  and  by  the  power 
of  the  resurrection — a  gift  from  Jesus 
Christ  our  Elder  Brother  and  the  Only 
Begotten  Son  of  God  in  the  flesh — 
to  rise  to  the  great  heights  of  eternal 
exaltation,  how  faithfully  and  jealous- 
ly we  should  guard  these  bodies  of 
flesh  and  bones!    While  they  are  now 


corruptible  and  subject  to  the  ills  of 
mortal  flesh,  yet  the  promise  is  made 
unto  us  that  they  shall,  through  the 
resurrection,  be  quickened  again  and 
become  eternal  tabernacles  for  the  spir- 
its which  inhabit  them.  If  we  have  been 
faithful  to  every  covenant  and  com- 
mandment, we  shall  then  receive  the 
reward  of  celestial  glory.  Our  bodies 
shall  be  like  the  glorious  body  of  our 
Redeemer,  Jesus  Christ,  and  we  shall 
see  Him  as  He  is.  "And  every  man 
that  hath  this  hope  in  Him,"  said  John, 
the  beloved  disciple,  "purifieth  himself, 
even  as  he  (Christ)  is  pure." 

With  these  glorious  truths  to  gov- 
ern us  it  is  only  natural  for  the  Lord 
to  speak  through  His  chosen  servants 
in  admonition  and  commandment  to 
the  members  of  the  Church,  calling 
upon  them  to  keep  their  bodies  clean, 
their  minds  pure,  their  spirits  contrite 
and  their  hearts  broken. 

It  is  hard  to  think  that  any  member 
of  the  Church  can  fail  to  keep  the 
Word  of  Wisdom,  and  have  a  desire 
to  maintain  his  body  pure  and  unde- 
filed,  if  he  understands  the  nature  of 
the  Gospel  and  the  power  of  God  unto 
exaltation.  It  is  a  mystery  that  so  many 
who  profess  to  know,  fail  in  these  holy 
and  sacred  things,  for  it  is  a  sacred 
thing  to  keep  the  body  undefiled  and 
free  from  every  power  and  influence 
which  tends  to  impair  and  destroy  its 
functions.  If  we  do  know  the  truth, 
and  then  refuse  to  abide  in  it,  great 
shall  be  our  condemnation.  What  ex- 
cuse shall  there  be  for  the  man  who 
knows  the  will  of  God  and  does  not 
heed  it?  The  Jews  claimed  to  be  walk- 
ing in  the  light  of  truth  as  it  came  down 
from  Moses,  but  they  rejected  the 
Greater  Light  when  he  came  to  them 
with  the  fulness  of  the  everlasting  cove- 
nants of  the  Gospel.  Jesus  called  them 
(Concluded  on  page  707) 


MONTHLY   REPORT   OF  THE  L.   D.   S.   STAKE   MISSIONS 

Made  by  The  First  Council  of  the  Seventy  to  The  Council  of  the  Twelve  Apostles 

For  the  Month  of  August,  1937 

Missionary   Activities 

1.  Evenings  or  part  days  spent  in  missionary  work 4,514 

2.  Hours  spent  in  missionary  work . 10,027 

3.  Number  of  calls  made  while  tracting 8,130 

4.  Number  of  first  invitations  in  while  tracting 3,829 

5.  Number  of  revisits • 2,563 

6.  Number  of  Gospel  conversations 8,776 

7.  Number  of  standard  Church  works  distributed 293 

8.  Number  of  other  books  distributed 318 

9.  Number  of  tracts  and  pamphlets  distributed 13,664 

10.  Number  of  Books  of  Mormon  sold  153 

11.  Number  of  hall  meetings  held 193 

12.  Number  of  cottage  meetings  held 427 

13.  Number  of  cottage  and  hall  meetings  attended 2,400 

14.  Number  of  investigators  present  at  cottage  and  hall  meetings 2,167 

15.  Number  of  baptisms  as  a  result  of  missionary  work  _ 91 

16.  Number  of  inactive  members  of  the  Church  brought  into  activity  through  stake 
missionary  service  during  the  month  178 


CONDUCTED    UNDER  THE    SUPERVISION   OF   THE    PRESIDING   BISHOPRIC — EDITED   BY  JOHN   D.    GILES 


GRADING  AARONIC 
PRIESTHOOD  QUORUMS 

pOR  several  years,  a  recommendation 
"*■  has  been  made  by  the  Presiding 
Bishopric  that,  in  wards  where  there 
are  two  or  more  quorums,  a  plan  of 
grading  according  to  age  be  followed. 
The  recommendation  is  that  where 
there  are  three  quorums  in  a  ward,  the 
twelve-year-old  boys  constitute  the 
first  quorum,  those  thirteen  years  of 
age  would  comprise  the  second  quo- 
rum, and  those  fourteen  the  third 
quorum.  Under  this  plan,  a  boy 
would  have  a  promotion  on  advance- 
ment from  one  quorum  to  another  each 
year.  This  plan,  it  is  believed,  will 
increase  interest  and  make  it  possible 
to  hold  more  boys  for  the  three-year 
period  covering  the  Deacons'  quorum 
activity. 

In  wards  where  there  are  two  quo- 
rums, it  is  suggested  that  a  division 
be  made  on  the  most  practical  basis, 
leaving  the  older  boys  in  one  quorum 
and  the  younger  in  the  other.  Where 
four,  five,  or  six  quorums  are  organ- 
ized in  one  ward,  the  grading  could  be 
done  along  the  same  lines,  keeping  the 
boys  of  each  age  grouped  together  as 
far  as  possible. 

An  outstanding  instance  of  the  suc- 
cess of  this  plan  is  found  in  the  Twen- 
tieth Ward,  of  the  Ensign  Stake,  in 
Salt  Lake  City.  The  grading  plan  has 
been  in  effect  for  more  than  two  years 
and  has  been  very  successful.  Under 
the  direction  of  D.  J.  Watts,  Second 
Counselor  in  the  bishopric  assigned  to 
Deacons'  quorum  supervision,  three 
quorums  have  been  organized,  each 
with  a  supervisor,  and  each  containing 
boys  of  the  same  age  group.  With 
the  cooperation  of  Bishop  C.  Clarence 
Neslen  and  First  Counselor,  Louis  R. 
Wells,  this  plan  has  now  been  stan- 
dardized in  the  ward,  with  the  result 
that  there  is  increased  attendance  and 
activity. 

LEADING  STAKES  IN 
QUORUM  ATTENDANCE 

'T'he  leading  stakes  in  Aaronic  Priest- 
A  hood   quorum    meeting    attendance 
for  the  month  of  August  were  the  fol- 
lowing : 

Per  cent 

Grant 62 

Taylor  .„. _ 54 

Star  Valley 53 

Maricopa 53 

Juarez - 52 

Hollywood 52 

Morgan 51 

San  Juan 48 

San   Francisco .48 

Pasadena .46 

Highland  .46 

The  average  attendance  for  the  en- 
tire Church,   for  August,   was  slightly 


below  the  same  month  in  1936,  but 
one  point  higher  than  for  July.  It  is 
urged  that  Aaronic  Priesthood  super- 
visors devote  special  attention  to  the 
development  of  better  quorum  attend- 
ance during  the  winter  months. 

PRIMARY  ASSOCIATION 
COOPERATION 

T  Tnder  the  plan  approved  by  the  Pre- 
***  siding  Bishopric,  Aaronic  Priest- 
hood supervisors  in  all  wards,  in  charge 
of  Deacons'  quorums,  should  cooper- 
ate in  every  possible  way  with  Primary 
Association  teachers  of  the  Guide 
Class,  which  is  composed  of  boys 
eleven  years  of  age,  and  encourage  all 
Primary  boys  to  continue  with  that 
organization,  until  they  graduate.  At 
the  time  of  graduation,  the  ceremony 
suggested  for  such  occasions  should 
be  conducted  at  the  Sacrament  meeting, 
and  all  boys  who  have  graduated  and 
are  properly  prepared  should  be  rec- 
ommended for  ordination  to  the  Aaron- 
ic Priesthood. 

For  the  past  three  years,  the  Pri- 
mary Association  reports  indicate  that 
there  is  an  average  of  85  per  cent  of 
all  the  eleven-year-old  boys  of  the 
Church  enrolled  and  active  in  the  Pri- 
mary Association.  It  is  important  that 
these  boys  be  contacted  by  Deacons' 
quorum  supervisors  well  in  advance 
of   their   twelfth    birthdays   and    urge 


them  to  qualify  and  prepare  themselves 
to  become  Deacons.  The  Primary  As- 
sociation is  in  reality  a  recruiting 
agency  for  the  Aaronic  Priesthood, 
and  every  possible  effort  should  be 
made  by  quorum  supervisors  to  co- 
operate with  Primary  officers,  in  or- 
der that  all  boys  may  be  properly  pre- 
pared to  receive  the  Aaronic  Priest- 
hood and  be  ordained  at  the  proper 
time. 

TINTIC  STAKE  VISITS 
CHURCH  SHRINES 

Aaronic  Priesthood  members  from 
^*  Tintic  Stake  visited  Salt  Lake 
City  in  a  body  on  August  20,  as  the 
outstanding  feature  of  the  summer  ac- 
tivity program. 

Visits  were  made  to  President  Brig- 
ham  Young's  Schoolhouse  site,  Eagle 
Gate,  Beehive  House,  Lion  House,  for- 
mer office  of  the  Governor  of  Utah, 
Church  Office  Building,  Deseret  News, 
KSL  Radio  Studios,  the  State  Capi- 
tol, Presiding  Bishop's  Office  and 
other  places. 

At  the  Church  Office  Building,  the 
boys  were  fortunate  enough  to  meet 
Senator  Reed  Smoot,  Postmaster  I. 
A.  Smoot  of  Salt  Lake  City,  and  a 
party  of  Senators  and  Congressmen 
from  the  East. 

The  visit  was  arranged  through  the 
cooperation  of  the  Presiding  Bishopric. 


THE  WORD   OF  WISDOM  REVIEW 

A  Monthly  Presentation  of  Pertinent  Information  Regarding  the 

Lord's  Law  of  Health 


REPEAL  AND 
"TEMPERANCE" 

At  the  time  prohibition  repeal  was 
**■  being  urged,  statements  were 
made  indicating  that  real  temperance 
would  be  promoted,  drinking  reduced, 
and  bootlegging  eliminated  by  the  re- 
peal of  the  Eighteenth  Amendment.  A 
statement  issued  recently  by  the  Na- 
tional City  Bank  of  New  York  City 
indicates  that  profits  to  the  liquor  in- 
terests in  1936,  as  compared  with  1935, 
were  nearly  one-third  higher.  The 
profits  for  1936  were  $15,293,000, 
which  is  practically  18  per  cent  of  the 
total  investment.  With  the  exception 
of  three  other  industries:  automobiles, 
automobile  accessories,  and  drugs,  the 
liquor  profits  were  higher  than  those 
of  any  other  industry  in  America. 

HIGH    SCHOOL    GIRLS 
FROWN  ON  LIQUOR 

An  interesting  survey,  to  learn  the 
^*    attitude   of   Catholic   high    school 


girls  regarding  the  use  of  liquor  by  high 
school  boys  and  girls,  brought  forth 
these    comments : 

"The  high  school  boy  who  drinks  in- 
toxicating liquors  is  a  'show-off,'  a  smart 

aleck,  vulgar,  reckless." 

"I  do  not  associate  with  boys  who  drink 
intoxicating  liquors." 

"They're  doing  it  to  be  smart  or  be- 
cause they  don't  know  any  better." 

As  to  their  opinion  of  girls  who 
drink,  they  were  almost  unanimous 
with: 

"Cheap  and  common." 

"Million  times  worse  than  the  boys  who 
drink." 

"I  think  high  school  girls  who  drink 
are   a   decided  menace." 

"Unfit  companions." 

"Gives  me  the  impression  they  are 
'tough.'  " 

701 


CONDUCTED    UNDER  THE    SUPERVISION    OF   THE   PRESIDING   BISHOPRIC — EDITED   BY  JOHN   D.    GILES 


WARD  TEACHER'S  MESSAGE,  DECEMBER,  1937 

SQUARING  OUR  ACCOUNTS  WITH  THE  LORD 

HThere  is  still  left  of  the  year  1937  enough  time,  for  those  who  earnestly 
A  desire  to  do  so,  to  square  accounts  with  the  Lord.  There  is  still  time 
in  which  to  check  back  over  the  year  and  determine  whether  or  not  we 
have  met  our  obligations  in  full. 

The  obligations  to  our  Father  in  Heaven  are  of  three  kinds  or  classes: 
There  are  honor  accounts,  duty  accounts,  and  financial  accounts. 

As  Latter-day  Saints,  we  have  honor  accounts.  We  have  been 
taught  the  truths  of  the  Gospel,  the  standards  of  the  Church,  and  our 
obligations  as  members  of  the  Church,  and  we  have  been  given  our  free 
agency — placed  upon  our  honor — either  to  obey  the  Gospel,  or  to  violate 
its  teachings.  Unpaid  honor  accounts  can  be  settled  only  by  true  re- 
pentance and  a  determination  to  make  up  for  past  failings  by  full  ob- 
servance in  the  future. 

Duty  accounts  are  those  which  place  upon  us  the  obligation  to  do 
the  things  required  of  us  in  our  Church  relationship.  Every  member  has 
individual  duties,  family  duties,  and  Church  duties.  A  check  of  the  past 
year  will  remind  us  of  duty  obligations  which  are  unfulfilled.  Here  again 
only  true  repentance  and  a  determination  to  make  up  in  the  coming  years 
for  remissness  of  the  past  can  repay  the  obligations  of  duty. 

Financial  obligations  include  titning,  fast  offerings,  ward  maintenance, 
and  other  contributions  of  money  for  Church  purposes.  At  the  end  of 
the  year  is  a  suitable  and  appropriate  time  to  check  back  and  learn 
whether  or  not  we  have  met  our  financial  obligations  to  the  Lord.  There 
is  still  time  in  which  to  make  amends  for  failure  to  meet  these  obligations. 

As  a  New  Year  approaches,  the  best  way  to  greet  it  with  promises 
of  success,  happiness,  and  satisfaction,  is  to  meet  it  with  a  clear  conscience 
— with  a  knowledge  of  having  met  the  obligations  of  the  past  year  to  the 
very  best  of  our  ability. 


THE  TEN  LEADING  STAKES  IN 
WARD  TEACHING  FOR 
AUGUST,  1937 

Cix  stakes  reported  100  per  cent  of 
^  Ward  Teaching  in  August,  as  com- 
pared with  five  stakes  in  July.  Twelve 
stakes  reported  90  per  cent,  or  above. 
The  ten  leading  stakes  for  August 
were: 

Per  cent 

Juarez —.100 

Los  Angeles  100 

Long  Beach  100 

Bear  Lake 100 

Oneida 100 

Franklin - 100 

Weber  97 

Big  Horn 96 

South  Davis  96 

Ogden  - 96 

RESPONSIBILITIES   OF   THE 
WARD  TEACHER 

And  He  gave  some,  apostles;  and  some, 
prophets;  and  some,  evangelists;  and 
some,  pastors  and  teachers; 

For  the  perfecting  of  the  Saints,  for 
the  work  of  the  ministry,  for  the  edifying 
of  the  body  of  Christ; 

Till  we  all  come  in  the  unity  of  the 
faith,  and  of  the  knowledge  of  the  Son  of 
God,  unto  a  perfect  man,  unto  the  meas- 
ure of  the  stature  of  the  fullness  of  Christ; 

That  we  henceforth  be  no  more  chil- 
dren, tossed  to  and  fro,  and  carried  about 

702 


with  every  wind  of  doctrine,  by  the  sleight 
of  men,  and  cunning  craftiness,  whereby 
they  lie  in  wait  to  deceive; 

But  speaking  the  truth  in  love,  may  grow 
up  into  Him  in  all  things,  which  is  the 
head,    even  Christ; 

From  whom  the  whole  body  fitly  joined 
together  and  compacted  by  that  which 
every  joint  supplieth,  according  to  the  ef- 
fectual working  in  the  measure  of  every 
part,  maketh  increase  of  the  body  unto 
the  edifying  of  itself  in  love.  (Ephesians, 
4:11-16.) 

To  this  end  we  are  given  the  Priest- 
hood and  commissioned  to  go   forth, 


«  ♦ 


SHINING  FAITH 
By  Ruby   W.  Simmerman 

There  are  windows  gold  and  shining, 
With  God's  light  beaming  through; 
There  are  clouds  with  silver  linings, 
That  bring  us  faith  anew. 

Sometimes  we  see  the  windows, 

But  not  the  gleaming  light; 
Sometimes  we  see  the  dark  cloud, 

But  not  the  lining  bright. 

Dear  Lord:  I  thank  Thee  for  the  sun 
And  all  Thy  glorious  light;     . 

I  thank  Thee  for  the  moonbeams — 
They  make  the  clouds  so  bright. 

I  thank  Thee  for  Thy  care  each  day    • 
And  for  Thy  wondrous  love. 

Help  me  to  understand  Thy  plan 
And  reach  to  Thee  above. 


teaching  the  people  by  precept.  How 
many  who  have  accepted  the  Priest- 
hood have  given  thought  of  the  re- 
sponsibility that  comes  with  it?  God 
has  made  His  plans  for  our  welfare; 
they  are  clear  and  comprehensive  to 
those  who  have  a  desire  to  know  His 
will  and  keep  His  commandments, 
there  should  therefore  be  no  room  for 
doubt  in  the  mind  of  those  who  have 
entered  the  waters  of  baptism. 

Some  of  us  as  of  old  are  called  to 
labor  as  teachers  among  the  people. 

To  watch  over  the  Church  always,  and 
be  with  and  strengthen  them;  and  see  that 
there  is  no  iniquity  in  the  Church,  neither 
hardness  with  each  other,  neither  lying, 
backbiting,  nor  evil  speaking;  and  see  that 
the  Church  meet  together  often,  and  also 
see  that  all  the  members  do  their  duty. 
{Doctrine  and  Covenants,  20:53-55.) 

How  many  who  hold  the  Priesthood 
are  prepared  and  willing  to  carry  cut 
these  instructions  and  how  many  must 
first  set  their  own  houses  in  order  and 
be  converted  before  they  will  carry  out 
these  instructions. 

Every  man  holding  the  Priesthood  should 
learn  his  duty,  and  to  act  in  the  office  in 
which  he  is  appointed,  in  all  diligence.  He 
that  is  slothful  shall  not  be  counted  wor- 
thy to  stand,  and  he  that  learns  not  his 
duty  and  shows  himself  not  approved  shall 
not  be  counted  worthy  to  stand.  (Doctrine 
and  Covenants,  107:99-100.) 

After  careful  study  and  prayerful 
preparation  the  thing  most  needed  by 
an  acting  teacher  is  to  be  in  possession 
of  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord;  if  he  has  a 
desire  to  know  the  will  of  the  Lord, 
his  efforts  will  be  blessed,  and,  if  he 
is  humble  and  prayerful,  he  will  be 
guided. 

He  should  upon  entering  the  homes 
of  the  Saints,  familiarize  himself  with 
the  conditions  of  the  home  life.  This 
can  be  done  mainly  through  observa- 
tion. It  is  not  always  wisdom  to  be 
too  inquisitive  or  to  ask  pointed  ques- 
tions concerning  home  life,  habits,  and 
personal  matters.  Every  visit  should 
be  characterized  by  gentleness,  kind- 
ness, and  the  spirit  of  brotherly  love. 
A  teacher  should  never  leave  his  home 
to  make  a  visit  without  first  asking  the 
Lord  for  His  blessings  and  the  guid- 
ance of  His  spirit. 

A  teacher  who  believes  in  his  work 
and  who  is  in  possession  of  the  Spirit 
of  the  Lord  is  a  welcome  visitor  in  the 
homes  of  the  Saints  and  the  more  often 
his  visits  the  greater  the  happiness, 
the  greater  the  encouragement,  the 
greater  the  desire  to  serve  God.  We 
are  strengthened  through  associating 
with  the  strong.  We  receive  faith 
through  works,  and  partake  of  the 
Spirit  of  the  Lord  when  unity,  love, 
and  kindness  have  prepared  us  for  its 
reception. 


Exploring  the  Universe 


A  newly  perfected  tungsten  incan- 
■*"*  descent  lamp  is  coiled  and  recoiled 
to  give  10  per  cent  more  light,  a  light 
saving  of  ten  million  dollars  a  year. 
Usually  the  filaments  are  wound  into 
a  coil,  but  in  this  lamp  the  coil  is 
wound  335  turns  to  the  inch  into  very 
small  coils,  and  then  the  coil  itself  is 
wound  into  another  coil  70  times  to  the 
inch,  and  stretched  between  two  lead- 
in  wires  instead  of  forming  the  present 
semi-circle. 


Tf  man's  voice  were  as  powerful  for 
his  size  as  that  of  the  tree  frog,  he 
could  be  heard  from  eastern  Wash- 
ington state  to  New  York  City,  accord- 
ing to  Science  Service. 


TTo  eliminate  the  crackle  and  rustle  of 
■*■    ordinary  paper  an  almost  noiseless 
paper  has  been  developed  for  sound 
studios. 


Tn  stead  of  many  strand  barbed  wire 
*  fences,  animals  can  now  be  kept 
fenced  with  a  single  strand  electric 
fence.  Touching  the  strand  gives  a 
shock  sufficient  to  discourage  an  animal 
from  going  through,  yet  will  not  injure 
it  or  humans. 


/Centralization  of  the  fight  on  cancer 
^  will  be  possible  with  the  three- 
quarters  of  a  million  dollar  National 
Cancer  Institute,  appropriated  by  Con- 
gress. 


is 


A  puncture-proof  inner  tube 
**  made  by  putting  a  layer  of  plastic 
self-sealing  composition  on  the  inside 
of  the  tube.  A  puncturing  object  can 
be  removed  and  the  holes  will  self-seal 
without  loss  of  air. 


/^lass  frying  pans  can  now  be  used. 
^-*  A  new  variety  of  Pyrex  type  glass 
has  been  developed  which  resists  heat 
so  well  that  it  can  be  used  directly  in 
contact  with  the  flame. 


By  FRANKLIN  S.  HARRIS,  JR. 


VKTindow  panels  comparable  to  stain- 
"'  ed  glass  are  afforded  by  a  new 
translucent  marble.  Taking  advantage 
of  the  crystalline  make-up  of  marble, 
and  by  proper  selecting  and  cutting, 
the  interior  structure  of  the  marble  can 
be  shown.  Ordinary  light  bulbs  may 
be  used  for  novel  effects  with  fixtures 
or  interior  walls. 


man  beings.  Alfalfa  gives  good  results 
in  counteracting  scurvy.  It  is  unusually 
high  in  minerals. 


Alfalfa  has  been  found  by  South 
''*'  African  biologists  to  make  an  ex- 
cellent and  palatable  vegetable  for  hu- 


A  device  to  be  attached  to  a  type- 
**""*  writer  makes  from  one  to  four 
duplicate  copies  appear  as  originals, 
by  using  extra  ribbons  built  into  the 
machine.  Another  innovation  is  a 
white  typewriter  ribbon  using  aluminum 
for  ink  making  possible  typing  clearly 
on  blue  prints  or  other  dark  colored 
paper. 


Ironrife 

The     Double 
Utility  Ironer 


"J aim  But  §hh  pwm 

Buy  a  New  Modern 
£hdbuc 

Ironrife 

IRONING   MACHINE 


SCHOSS 

ELECTRIC  CO. 

Ogden,  Brigham  City.  Tremonton,  Utah. 
Malad,  Idaho 


QUALITY 

APPLIANCE  shop 

45  West  Broadway— Salt  Lake  City,  Ut. 


For  iurther  information  call  or  write  Gordon  E.  Wilkins.  Factory  Representative, 
3100  Telegraph  Ave.,  Oakland,  Calif. 


703 


General  Offices  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A. 

SO  NORTH  MAIN  STREET 
SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 


General  Offices  Y.  W.  M.  I.  A. 

SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 
33  BISHOP'S  BUILDING 


-o^. 


Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  ANNOUNCES 
NEW  FIELD  SUPERVISION 
PLAN 

"\17ith  inauguration  of  the  fall  and 
™ "  winter  season  in  the  Y.  M.  M.  I. 
A.  a  new  plan  of  organization,  moti- 
vation, and  field  supervision  of  the 
Scout,  Explorer  and  M  Men  pro- 
gram has  become  effective.  Under  this 
plan  a  Church-wide  program  is  to  be 
conducted  in  cooperation  with  the 
Presiding  Bishopric  and  the  Sunday 
Schools  which  is  designed  to  bring  new 
vitality  and  interest  in  Church  activity 
to  every  young  man  and  boy  in  the 
Church. 

The  new  Scout-Explorer  plan  in- 
cludes some  organization  changes  which 
place  full  responsibility  for  committee 
work  as  well  as  program  promotion 
with  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  officers  of  stakes 
and  wards.  Aaronic  Priesthood  officers, 
who  have  in  a  number  of  stakes  for 
several  years  cooperated  in  Scout  and 
Explorer  committee  work,  are  now  to 
be  relieved  of  detailed  responsibility 
in  Scouting  in  order  that  their  efforts 
may  be  devoted  to  Priesthood  quorum 
supervision  through  the  Aaronic  Priest- 
hood correlation  plan,  which  includes 
groups  representing  Aaronic  Priest- 
hood, Sunday  School,  and  Y.  M.  M.  I. 
A.  The  full  cooperation  of  Priesthood 
leaders  is  to  be  maintained. 

The  supervision  plan  for  Scouting, 
which  includes  Explorers,  is  to  include 
strengthening  of  contacts  with  Na- 
tional, Regional,  and  Local  Council 
Scout  Executives,  frequent  surveys  of 
conditions  affecting  L.  D.  S.  boys  in 
Scouting,  and  active  promotion  of  the 
wider  use  of  the  Scout  program.  The 
aim  is  to  have  every  L.  D.  S.  boy  in 
Scouting. 

A  conference  with  Scout  Executives 
in  the  central  Church  area,  which  has 
already  been  held,  a  survey  of  each 
council  by  the  Scout  Executive,  and 
a  survey  of  each  stake  through  the 
stake  superintendents  were  the  first 
steps  in  the  campaign. 

More  intensive  supervision  and  ad- 
ditional field  work  among  M  Men  or- 
ganizations are  also  important  parts 
of  the  new  plan.  More  frequent  con- 
tacts with  district  and  stake  M  Men 
supervisors,  plans  for  increasing  in- 
terest in  Master  M  Men  activities  and 
the  use  of  the  athletic  program  to  build 
class  attendance  and  activity  are  con- 
templated under  the  new  plan. 

M  Men  schools  in  each  of  the  thir- 
teen districts  of  the  Church  and  a  series 

704 


of  special  Scout-Explorer  promotion 
meetings  in  various  parts  of  the  Church 
are  now  under  way  in  accordance  with 
the  new  plans. 

John  D.  Giles  has  been  designated  as 
Field  Supervisor  for  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A. 
— with  special  assignments  to  the  M 
Men,  Explorer  and  Scout  departments, 
and  Era  and  Publicity. 

John  D.  Giles  enters  the  duties  of  this 
new  position  with  a  lifetime  of  qualify- 
ing experience  behind  him.  In  com- 
mercial fields  he  has  distinguished 
himself  in  advertising,  promotion,  and 
selling  activities.  He  has  long  been 
identified  as  an  eminently  well  quali- 
fied "boys'   man"  in  ward  and   stake 


JOHN    D.   GILES,    FIELD   SUPERVISOR 
OF  Y.   M.   M.   I.  A. 

activities  where  for  years  he  has  done 
notable  service  in  Scouting,  Aaronic 
Priesthood,  and  M.  I.  A.  work.  In 
the  Eighteenth  Ward  and  Ensign  Stake 
he  has  been  a  ward  and  stake  superin- 
tendent of  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.,  ward 
Aaronic  Priesthood  leader,  and  stake 
high  councilman. 

He  studied  at  the  Brigham  Young 
University,  and  after  working  in  the 
business  office  of  the  Deseret  News  for 
five  years  established  an  advertising 
agency,  the  first  in  Salt  Lake  City. 
He  was  for  fifteen  years  superintend- 
ent of  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  in  the  Ensign 
Stake.  He  helped  to  establish  the 
fathers'  and  sons'  outings  and  the  M 
Men  movement.  He  has  devoted  the 
past  twenty-four  years  to  Boy  Scout 
work  and  is  chairman  of  the  organiza- 
tion committee  of  the  Salt  Lake  Boy 
Scout  Council.  He  is  executive  secre- 
tary of  the  Utah  Pioneer  Trails  and 
Landmarks  Association  and  a  member 


of  the  executive  board  of  the  Oregon 
Trail  Association.  He  has  photo- 
graphed scenes  along  nearly  all  of 
the  Mormon  Pioneer  route  from  Nau- 
voo  to  Salt  Lake  City  and  gath- 
ered history  for  the  erection  of  a  large 
number  of  monuments  erected  along 
historic  trails  and  sites  connected  with 
the  history  of  the  Church  and  the  de- 
velopment of  the  western  states.  He 
is  the  author  of  a  number  of  magazine 
articles  relating  to  these  subjects. 

The  new  Field  Supervisor  came  to 
the  General  Board  of  the  Y.  M.  M. 
I.  A.  in  1929  and  has  earned  much 
prestige  in  Church-wide  circles  as  a 
"boys    man"  since  that  time. 

LET'S  GO  TO  MUTUAL 

'"Phis  phrase  has  caught  fire  and  is 
■*  spreading  all  over  the  Church.  Peo- 
ple are  saying  it  throughout  Utah, 
Idaho,  California,  and  the  other  states 
and  missions  of  the  United  States  and 
in  England,  Germany,  Scandinavia, 
and  in  other  foreign  missions. 

This  is  the  way  they  say  it  in  Den- 
mark: 

Lad  os  goa  til  Ungdomsmode. 

And  in  Sweden: 

Kom  med  oss  till  Utbildnings  foreningen. 

And  in  Norway: 

La  oss  ga  pa  Ungdoms  mote. 

And  this  is  the  way  they  might  say 
it  in  Germany: 

Wir  Gehen  Nach  G.  F.  V. 

Let  us  use  this  phrase  in  salutation 
to  each  other  as  we  meet  in  the  home, 
on  the  street,  at  school,  at  business. 
The  very  saying  of  it  will  make  us 
want  to  go  to  Mutual  and  when  we 
get  there  the  program  is  so  delightful 
that  we  are  sure  to  continue  our  at- 
tendance. 

ARE  YOUR  COMMUNITY 
ACTIVITY  COMMITTEES 
ORGANIZED? 

A  completely  organized  community 
•^  activity  committee,  with  two  en- 
ergetic counselors  as  chairmen  and 
well-qualified  directors  in  the  various 
activities  as  members,  is  one  of  the 
most  important  factors  in  insuring  suc- 
cess in  the  M.  I.  A.  program.  Ward 
officers,  if  you  have  not  already  done 
so,  make  every  effort  to  place  on  this 
committee  directors  in  music  and  dra- 
ma and  dancing  and  in  any  other  of 
the  subjects  you  are  taking  up;  espe- 
cially the  subjects  being  considered  on 
the  Assembly  Programs.  This  com- 
mittee has  a  fine  piece  of  work  out- 
lined for  this  year  and  a  real  oppor- 
tunity to  enrich  the  lives  of  M.  I.  A. 
members.  The  reward  in  self-educa- 
tion and  satisfaction  in  building  up  the 
entire  organization  will  be  great. 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


A  HOBBY  EXCHANGE 

T-Jow  would  you  like  a  Hobby  Page 
A  in  the  Era  each  month?  A  page 
where  you  could  describe  the  thing 
that  you  are  doing  that  gives  you  so 
much  joy  and  cultural  uplift  and  where 
you  could  read  what  other  people  are 
doing  all  over  the  Church?  If  you 
would  enjoy  such  a  page,  indicate  it 
by  sending  at  once  a  brief,  clear, 
snappy  description  of  your  especial 
hobby.  Sign  your  name  and  tell  where 
you  live.  We  shall  be  governed  in 
the  publication  by  the  number  of  re- 
sponses, the  character  of  the  hobby, 
and  the  interest  of  the  description. 

DRAMA 

A  ll  reports  indicate  the  most  general 
■*^  satisfaction  with  our  1937-38  Book 
of  Plays  that  we  have  yet  had.  You 
will  find  a  very  interesting  group  of 
plays,  from  the  simple  comedies — which 
beginners  can  do — to  big  drama,  call- 
ing for  the  best  efforts  of  your  most 
talented  people.  We  are  publish- 
ing this  year  individual  copies  of 
each  of  the  eight  plays  contained  in  the 
volume.  The  ward  must  purchase  at 
least  one  copy  of  the  Book  of  Plays 
to  entitle  them  to  produce  any  one  of 
the  plays  contained  therein.  Indi- 
vidual copies  may  then  be  obtained  for 
members  of  the  cast  of  the  particular 
play  being  presented.  Call  your  ward 
directors  together  and  decide  on  some 
method  of  procedure  in  the  exchange 
of  plays  by  the  wards,  leading  up  to 
your  stake  Drama  Festival. 

DANCING 

'""Inhere  may  be  all  the  trappings  of 

A  pleasure — rose  color,  gilt,  tinsel, 
plush  draperies,  but  despite  all  these, 
there  is  too  frequently  little  spon- 
taneity, little  variety,  no  play,  no  mirth. 
The  modern  dance  is  essentially  a 
dance  for  two  and  too  often  is  not 
social.  The  two-some  convention  al- 
lows no  opening  out  to  sociability  and 
friendliness.  It  is  usually  stiff,  formal, 
and  unimaginative."  So  says  Maria 
Ward  Lamkin,  as  a  result  of  her  care- 
ful survey  of  dance  halls  throughout 
the  country. 

Our  M.  I.  A.  is  doing  much  to  do 
away  with  some  of  the  undesirable 
situations  mentioned  above,  notably 
non-sociability,  by  introducing  into  our 
church  parties  group  dancing  and  other 
means  of  developing  friendliness  and 
sociability. 

We  are  also  probably  making  history 
greater  than  we  know  by  gathering 
something  definite  out  of  the  chaos  of 
modern  dancing  and  giving  uniformity 
of  form,  step  and  style  to  the  Fox  Trot 
and  Waltz,  by  establishing  "official" 
dances  to  be  danced  in  every  church 
dancing  party.  This  will  at  least  carry 
over  to  the  oncoming  generations  some 
definite  knowledge  of  the  dances  of 
this  generation  as  we  have  knowledge 
of  the  dances  of  the  past  generation. 

It  is  hoped  that  all  directors  have 


begun  to  teach  the  M.  I.  A.  dances,  the 
"Aloha  Oe"  Fox  Trot,  the  "Gleam" 
Waltz  and  the  "Gold  and  Green 
Caprice."  Your  dancing  parties  will 
be  much  better  by  reason  of  it.  Let's 
have  a  hundred  thousand  dancing  these 
dances  by  Christmas  and  make  of  it  one 
of  the  greatest  dance  movements  in  the 
world. 


Axel  A.  Madsen  and  Emily  C.  Adams,  Chairmen; 
Richard  L.  Evans,  Dr.  L.  A.  Stevenson,  Grace  C 
Neslen,    Laura    P.    Nicholson,    Aurelia    Bennlon. 

ENLISTMENT 

T-Tere  it  is  November  1st  and  six 
A  A  weeks  since  the  fall  opening.  By 
this  time,  every  Adult  member  of  the 
ward  should  be  in  the  class  or  should 
be  accounted  for.  If  this  is  not  the 
case,  get  a  list  of  the  adult  membership 
from  the  ward  clerk  and  visit  each 
one.  Mutual  work  has  such  a  broad 
scope  that  there  should  be  something 
to  appeal  to  each  person.  Help  each 
one  to  find  it! 

EVENING  SOCIAL 

"Drother  Oscar  A.  Kirkham  tells  of 
'■■'  a  friend  of  his  who  was  visiting 
America,  studying  American  life.  What 
he  considered  typical  of  that  life,  he 
found  one  evening  when  he  was  in- 
vited to  a  home  with  a  group.  There 
he  saw  the  group  of  friends  gathered 
around  the  fireside,  eating  together, 
singing  together,  playing  together,  and 
talking  together  of  principles  rather 
than  of  personalities  or  things.  When 
one  is  with  a  group  of  this  kind,  how 
can  he  help  feeling  the  spirit  of  friend- 
liness, cooperation,  and  growth. 


BOOKS,  BOOKS 

TT7e'd  like  to  encourage  much  read- 
^*  ing  this  winter.  Of  course,  it 
would  be  well  to  start  upon  the  read- 
ing course  book,  The  Return  To  Relig- 
ion, but  while  one  member  of  the  class 
is  reading  that  book,  if  you  are  merely 
passing  it  around,  another  could  read 
Utah  Sings,  or  one  of  the  other  splen- 
did books  suggested  in  the  Manual. 
A  liberal  education  awaits  those  who 
will  set  aside  some  time  for  reading. 

When  you  have  read  a  book,  report 
it  to  your  stake  leader  and  then  we'd 
like  the  stake  leader  to  report  to  us. 
We're  going  to  give  everybody  who 
reads  all  of  the  books  a  right  big 
credit  mark.  We'll  call  such  readers 
successful  travelers  along  the  friendly 
road  to  an  education. 

Don't  overlook  the  fact  that  The 
Improvement  Era  contains  some  rich 
material.  The  writer  of  these  notes, 
as  soon  as  the  October  number  came, 
sat  down  and  read  the  entire  grist  of 
poems.  He  was  very  well  paid.  Isn't 
"My  Velvet  Gown,'  by  Zara  Sabin,  a 
delightful,  old-fashioned  ballad  type 
of  verse?  Linnie  Fisher  Robinson's 
two  little  spots  on  the  "Homing"  page 
both  have  sweet  memories  in  them. 

All  who  have  visited  the  Star  Valley 
cheese  factory  and  many  others  will 
enjoy  "Star  Valley  and  Swiss  Cheese." 
In  fact,  the  Era  brings  us  many  things 
of  interest  as  well  as  importance.  You 
will  do  a  fine  thing,  perhaps,  if  you 
will  take  a  few  minutes  for  an  exchange 
of  "Eraettes." 


Stnlou 


Dr.  L.  L.  Daines  and  Charlotte  Stewart,  Chairmen; 
H.  R.  Merrill,  Dr.  George  H.  Hansen,  Lucy  W. 
Smith,  Hazel  Brockbank,  Vida  F.  Clawson,  Polly 
R.  Hardy. 

Cince  the  socialization  of  the  Senior 
^  Group  is  our  project,  several  of 
the  wards  have  been  thinking  up  ways 
to  do  it.  One  ward  has  used  the  Boy 
Scout  plan  for  formulating  "patrols ' 
among  the  Seniors.  These  groups  have 
come  together  on  a  common  interest 
basis  and  are  having  some  good  times 
on  the  "patrol"  basis. 

Such  a  plan  is  effective  where  the 
Senior  Group  is  too  large  to  be  well 
accommodated  in  a  home.  Of  course, 
such  wards  will  have  larger  parties 
in  the  amusement  hall  or  elsewhere 
where  the  patrols  may  come  together 
and  thus  socialize  the  entire  class. 

We  shall  be  glad  to  hear  of  any 
plan  that  has  really  worked  in  the 
wards.  Senior  Leaders,  will  you  not 
kindly  have  your  scribe  send  in  ac- 
counts of  what  you  are  doing?  We'd 
like  to  know  and  pass  on  the  good 
word  to  other  groups. 


Frank  W.  McGhie,  Chairman:  Floyd  G.  Eyre. 
Dr.  F.  S.  Harris,  Homer  C.  Warner,  Werner 
Kiepe,  Dr.  Wayne  B.  Hales. 

I^ore  completely  to  inform  all  stake 
■*■"■  and  ward  officers  and  teachers 
associated  with  M  Men  of  the  many 
details  of  the  varied  programs  of  ac- 
tivities, the  M  Men  committee  of  the 
General  Board  has  scheduled  insti- 
tutes to  be  held  in  the  thirteen  M  Men 
districts  of  the  Church.  Beginning  on 
October  10,  at  Richfield,  Utah,  the 
entire  committee  accompanied  by  Gen- 
eral Superintendent  George  Q.  Morris, 
conducted  the  first  of  these  institutes. 
The  dates  for  the  other  districts  are 
as  follows: 

October  17,  District  No.  3  at  Ogden; 
District  No.  10  at  Los  Angeles;  October 
24,  District  No.  12  at  Phoenix;  October 
31,  District  No.  4  at  Logan;  November 
7,  District  No.  6  at  Provo;  November  14, 
District  No.  5  at  Montpelier;  November 
21,  District  No.  8  at  Twin  Falls;  District 
No.  13  at  Cardston,  Canada;  November 
28,  District  No.  2  at  Cedar  City;  Decem- 
ber 12,  District  No.  11  at  San  Francisco. 
Dates  for  District  No.  7  at  Pocatello  and 
District  No.  9  at  Salt  Lake  City  will  be 
announced  later. 

Meetings  will  be  held  at  9:30  a.  m. 
(Continued  on  page  706) 

705 


THE     IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    NOVEMBER,    1937 


(Continued  from  page  705) 
and  at  1 :30  p.  m.  at  which  time  com- 
plete discussions  will  be  given  on  the 
following  subjects: 

( 1 )  Organization,  ( 2 )  Membership, 

(3)  Joint  M  Men-Gleaner  Activities, 

(4)  Separate  M  Men  Activities,   (5) 
Manual  and  Teaching,    (6)    Athletics 
and  the  Care  of  the  Athlete,   (7)   Fi 
nance  of  the  M  Men  Program,    (8' 
Cultural  and  Spiritual  Activities,    (9 
Election  of  Officers  for  1937-38. 


Helen  S.  Williams,  Chairman:  Erma  Roland,   Ann 
M.  Cannon,    Rose  W.   Bennett,   Katie  C.  Jensen. 

TO  GLEANER  LEADERS: 

'T'his  is  to  be  your  corner,  where  you 
■*■  may  bring  your  questions  pertain- 
ing to  Gleaner  work.  Won't  you  write 
us  telling  of  your  hopes  and  plans,  your 
accomplishments  as  this  year  goes  for- 
ward? 

Besides  the  118  stakes  in  the  Church 
there  are  missions  all  carrying  forward 
this  same  great  Y.  W.  M.  I.  A.  work, 
and  in  writing  to  this  corner,  your 
questions,  your  answers,  may  help  some 
far  distant  Gleaner  group,  so  let  us 
hear  from  you.  Address  your  letters 
to  The  Gleaner  Committee,  c/o  Y.  W. 
M.  I.  A.,  40  North  Main. 

Our  first  letter  comes  from  Canada 
and  reads: 

The  Gleaner  Girls  of  Barnwell  Ward, 
Lethbridge  Stake,  wish  to  send  greetings 
to  Gleaners  everywhere.  Though  but  a 
small  group,  we  are  very  much  interested 
and  we  have  made  our  summer  work  one 
■of  the  highlights  of  vacation  time.  We  hope 
■other  Gleaners  have  enjoyed  the  summer  as 
we  have. 

Ever  since  school  stopped  in  the  spring 
we  have  held  our  Gleaner  meetings  nearly 
every  week.  We  had  not  finished  our 
lessons  when  Mutual  stopped  so  we  have 
•continued  them  during  our  summer  meet- 
ings, holding  them  at  the  home  of  one  of 
our  members  who  has  been  bedfast,  and 
therefore  would  have  been  unable  to  get  to 
any  Church  services  at  all,  had  we  not  held 
•our  class  at  her  home. 

Recently,  having  a  little  money  in  the 
treasury  from  our  winter  activities,  we 
bought  Gleaner  pins,  division  sheets,  covers, 
pedigree  and  picture  charts,  and  postcards 
of  Ruth  the  Gleaner  for  our  "Treasures  of 
Truth,"  about  which  we  are  very  enthusi- 
astic. We  also  surprised  our  sick  member 
by  a  little  token  of  our  love. 

The  night  that  we  gave  her  our  present 
our  lesson  on  Testimonies  came.  We  hope 
that  every  Gleaner  Class  followed  the  sug- 
gestion given  in  the  Manual  for  having  a 
testimony  meeting  after  the  lesson,  for  that 
is  what  we  did,  and  we  all  feel  that  we 
'have  never  enjoyed  anything  so  much. 
All  came  to  the  meeting  fasting,  and  after 
the  lesson  had  been  given,  each  bore  her 
testimony.  Three  ladies  whom  we  had 
invited  to  attend  our  meeting,  spoke  to  us 
first;  and  then  each  of  the  girls  rose  to  her 
feet  voluntarily  and  said  a  few  words. 
There  was  a  most  wonderful  spirit  pres- 
ent. Girls  who  had  never  borne  their 
testimonies  before  did  so  that  night,  and  all 
felt  that  the  Lord  was  indeed  with  us. 

After  testimony  meeting  a  little  social 
"was  held,  each  girl  having  contributed  some- 

706 


thing  to  the  light  lunch  that  was  served. 
Altogether  it  made  a  very  outstanding 
evening  that  none  of  us  will  ever  forget. 

Barnwell  Gleaners. 

Dear  Girls  of  Barnwell  Ward — We 
were  delighted  to  hear  from  you  and 
now  we  find  ourselves  hoping  that 
your  same  splendid  planning  will  carry 
over  into  your  winter's  work.  Are 
you  all  organized  for  the  year  with  a 
Gleaner  Girl  president,  vice  president, 
secretary,  and  treasurer?  There  is  such 
a  big  year  ahead  for  your  officers — 
the  joint  responsibility  of  conducting 
with  the  M  Men  on  the  first  Tuesday 
of  each  month,  the  ten  minutes  at  the 
beginning  of  each  Tuesday  night  for 
your  committee  appointments,  librarian 
reports  on  the  reading  course  books, 
and  the  planning  for  your  ward  ac- 
tivities. Do  let  us  hear  from  you  again 
and  tell  us  how  everything  is  going  up 
there  in  Canada.  And  we  are  wishing 
that  every  Gleaner  officer  who  reads 
your  letter  will  make  time  for  testi- 
mony meetings  and  their  Treasure  of 
Truth  books.  Good  luck  and  may  you 
be  blessed  in  your  undertakings. 

Gleaner  Committee. 

A  Gleaner  leader  sends  the  follow- 
ing inquiry: 
To  the  Gleaner  Committee: 

I  am  a  Gleaner  leader  wondering  what 
I  am  to  do  when  I  have  only  six  girls, 
the  only  six  in  my  ward.  Our  conditions 
are  such  that  to  carry  out  the  entire  Gleaner 
plan  is  impossible.  Can  you  offer  any 
solution?  What  shall  we  do?  Just  take 
part  of  it,  and  do  it  well  or  try  to  carry 
out  everything  as  programmed? 

A  Ward  Gleaner  Teacher. 

To  Gleaner  Teacher: 

By  all  means,  simplify  the  program 
to  meet  your  needs.  Draw  from  the 
suggestions  given  in  the  Manual  those 
phases  of  the  Gleaner  plan  which  will 
help  you  most  to  reach  the  five  ob- 
jectives of  Gleaner  work,  which,  of 
course,  you  know  are: 

1.  To  know  and  live  L.  D.  S.  prin- 
ciples. 

2.  To  establish  normal  social  adjust- 
ments. 

3.  To  develop  ward  and  stake  loy- 
alty. 

4.  To  train  for  leadership. 

5.  To  prepare  for  eternal  marriage. 
Keep  the   spirit  of  wholesome   fun 

and  happiness  alive  in  your  Gleaner 
work  above  all.     Success  to  you. 

Gleaner  Committee. 


Tt  is  gratifying  to  the  M  Men-Gleaner 
Girl  committee  that  so  many  en- 
thusiastic reports  are  coming  in,  re- 
garding the  conjoint  program.  Work- 
ing together,  studying  together,  and 
planning  conjointly  is  found  to  be  the 
fun  we  anticipated.  Co-education  has 
proved  itself  to  be  the  right  type  of 
education  to  develop  the  finer  things 
that  help  to  make  life  more  enjoyable 
and  complete.    For  the  young  men  and 


the  young  women  of  the  Church  to  de- 
velop their  program  on  a  partnership 
basis  is  in  keeping  with  the  kind  of 
education  that  has  developed  where 
boys  and  girls  work  and  play  together. 
From  the  field  have  come  the  following 
reports : 

The  M  Men  in  this  stake  have  found  out 
that  we  have  to  be  on  our  toes,  to  keep  up 
with  the  young  ladies  in  our  work, — the 
experience  is  interesting  however  and  we 
are  having  lots  of  fun. 

We  didn't  realize  how  much  more  inter- 
esting the  class  discussions  could  be  with 
the  young  men  present. 

The  young  people  of  our  M  Men-Gleaner 
department  are  pairing  off  with  each  other 
as  never  before;  we  feel  that  the  conjoint 
program  has  brought  this  about. 

A  little  team  work  on  the  part  of 
the  M  Men  teacher  and  the  Gleaner 
Girl  instructor  has  been  found  to  be 
conducive  to  an  enthusiastic,  interest- 
ing class.  One  report  told  of  a  par- 
ticular ward  where  the  young  men's 
teacher  and  the  young  women's  teacher 
take  turns  in  giving  the  lesson.  These 
two  teachers  have  an  understanding 
that  each  will  do  his  best  to  enrich  each 
other's  lesson.  When  it  is  the  Gleaner 
teacher's  turn  to  give  the  lesson  the 
Young  Men's  teacher  also  makes  a 
thorough  preparation  and  does  all  he 
can  to  add  supplementary  material.  The 
young  women  do  the  same  thing  for 
the  young  men.  That  is  what  we  call 
teamwork  with  a  capital  T!  It  would 
be  difficult  for  a  class  discussion  to  lag 
with  this  kind  of  cooperation. 

This  fine  spirit  of  cooperation  is 
bound  to  carry  over  into  the  other 
parts  of  the  program  this  winter.  The 
banquet  and  the  Gold  and  Green  ball 
and  other  activities  are  all  conjoint 
activities  with  responsibility  equally 
divided. 

Never  before  has  there  been  such 
an  enthusiastic  response  to  the  read- 
ing course  books.  Every  Gleaner-M 
Men  class  should  have  a  librarian  who 
lends  these  two  fine  books  to  the 
class  members  so  that  all  will  have  an 
opportunity  to  read  them.  The  books 
are  How  to  Win  Friends  and  Influence 
People,  by  Dale  Carnegie,  and  Step  A 
Little  Higher,  by  John  Henry  Evans. 

SUGGESTIVE  M  MEN-GLEANER 
SUNDAY  NIGHT  CONJOINT 
PROGRAM 

1 — M  Men-Gleaner  Chorus. 

2 — Prayer,  Gleaner  Girl. 

3 — Solo,  M  Men  or  Gleaner. 

4 — Advantages  of  discussing  "Youths'  Op- 
portunities with  Youth." 
10  Minute  Talk,  M  Men  Leader. 

5 — "Why  Should  Gleaners  and  M  Men 
Participate  in  Their  Activities  Togeth- 
er?" Gleaner  Leader. 

6 — "The  Living  of  the  Master  M  Men 
Code,  Makes  Me  a  More  Suitable  Com- 
panion for  a  Gleaner  Girl,"  by  M  Man. 

7 — "The  Living  of  the  Gleaner  Sheaf 
Helps  Me  To  Be  Worthy  of  An  M 
Man's  Companionship,"  by  a  Gleaner 
Girl. 

8 — M  Men  and  Gleaner  Chorus. 

9 — Closing  prayer,  by  an  M  Man. 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


*2 


umiou 


Marba  C.  Josephson,  Chairman;  Martha  G.  Smith, 
Emily  H.  Higgs,  Catherine  Folsom,  Sarah  R. 
Cannon. 


/^•HICAGO  stake  offers  this  suggestion 
^  for  our  question  box — an  airplane, 
and  airmail  letters.  And,  may  we  add 
■ — answers  to  the  letters,  over  station 
J.  G. 

And  here  are  some  airmail  letters 
to  you. 

If  you  were  having  a  dinner  party, 
and  some  of  your  guests  came  when 
the  meal  was  half  over,  handed  you  a 
bouquet  of  flowers,  and  said,  "Sorry, 
but  I  have  other  things  to  do.  Your 
meal  looks  delicious,  but  I  must  be  run- 
ning along,"  what  would  you  think  and 
how  would  you  feel?  What  is  your 
opinion  of  this  kind  of  action  at  reli- 
gious gatherings?  May  we  suggest  a 
campaign  for  this  as  a  substitute. 
"Thanks  so  much  for  the  opportunity. 
I  shall  be  glad  to  sing  for  you  some 
other  time,  but  tonight  I  am  singing  in 
my  own  ward,  and  I  would  rather  stay 
for  the  entire  service." 

How  can  Junior  Girls  live  up  to  our 
department  project,  "We  will  show 
reverence  for  places  of  worship?" 
"Men  are  that  they  might  have  joy." 
But  can  you  find  anywhere  a  statement 
like  this:  "Thou  shalt  enjoy  thyself 
regardless  of  any  detriment  it  will  do 
thine  own  character;  of  any  annoyance 
it  will  cause  thy  neighbor;  of  any  dis- 
respect it  will  show  to  sacred  places 
and  things?"  Or,  "I  am  so  glad  I  am 
early  again  tonight.  I  shall  have  a  few 
moments  to  meditate  in  this  sacred  place 
before  the  crowd  gathers.  I  wonder 
how  the  Lord  felt  when  this  building 
was  dedicated  to  Him?  I  do  hope  we 
can  keep  the  same  sweet  spirit  always 
here  that  was  present  the  day  the 
church  house  was  dedicated.  Here 
comes  the  organist.  Oh!  hello,  Mary 
Lou.  Come  sit  by  me  and  listen  to 
this  preliminary  music.  Is  your  mother 
better?  That's  fine.  Isn't  Mutual 
grand?" 

We  have  launched,  at  different 
times,  two  slogans  relative  to  the  Sab- 
bath and  a  weekly  half-holiday;  and 
we  stand  for  spiritual  growth  through 
attendance  at  sacrament  meetings.  The 
sacrament  meeting  is  the  most  impor- 
tant meeting  in  the  Church  for  us  wom- 
en folk.  What  will  you  do  for  yourself 
and  for  others  in  your  department  to 
help  us  live  up  to  this  opportunity  and 
responsibility? 

Consider  these  letters.  Decide  which 
apply  to  your  group.  Help  plan  for 
progress.  Do  something  about  your 
plan.     Rejoice  in  the  results. 

Continued,  consistent  effort  will  get 
us  farther  toward  the  star  we  have 
hitched  our  wagon  to,  than  will  spurts 
of  enthusiasm. 


Two  Brothers 


D.  E.  Hammond,  Chairman:   Philo  T.   Farnsworth. 
Arthur  E.  Peterson. 

HThe  Boy  Scout  program  is  a  valuable 
adjunct  to  the  character-building 
influences  offered  in  our  Mutual  Im- 
provement Association  work.  Where 
leadership  is  ample  and  appropriate, 
fortunate  indeed  are  the  boys  who  be- 
long. Where  leadership  is  weak  or 
vascillating,  the  program  cannot  be 
effective.  Now  that  school  has  started 
and  the  M.  I.  A.  is  functioning  at  its 
best,  some  attention  should  be  given 
to  the  improvement  of  troop  leadership. 

In  most  Scout  councils  leadership 
training  courses  are  being  offered. 
These  should  not  be  overlooked.  A 
trained  leader  means  better  scouting 
and  consequently  better  boys  in  the 
Church. 

Many  boys  of  Scout  age  are  not  yet 
being  reached  by  scouting.  This  is 
the  time  of  the  year  to  initiate  member- 
ship drives.  The  boys  who  have  re- 
cently reached  their  twelfth  birthdays, 
the  dropped  Scouts,  and  the  boys  who 
have  never  had  the  urge  or  desire  to 
join  scouting  should  be  singled  out, 
contacted,  and  urged  to  enroll.  After 
these  boys  become  members  every  ef- 
fort should  be  made  to  hold  them.  If 
the  leadership  is  efficient  and  the  real 
scouting  program  is  applied  there  need 
be  little  fear  of  losing  a  single  member. 

In  M.  I.  A.  organizations  where  co- 
operation exists,  reasonable  effort 
made,  and  encouragement  given, 
scouting  usually  succeeds. 


Melchizedek 
Priesthood 


(Concluded  from  page  700) 

blind  leaders  of  the  blind,  and  said 
unto  them: 

"For  judgment  I  am  come  into  this 
world,  that  they  which  see  not  might 
see;  and  that  they  which  see  might  be 
made  blind." 

"And  some  of  the  Pharisees  which 
were  with  him  heard  these  words,  and 
said  unto  Him,  Are  we  blind  also? 

"Jesus  said  unto  them,  If  ye  were 
blind  ye  should  have  no  sin;  but  now 
ye  say,  We  see;  therefore  your  sin 
remaineth." 

The  members  of  the  Church  who 
heard  the  inspired  words  of  President 
Heber  J.  Grant  during  the  conference, 
and  the  members  unto  whom  these 
words  shall  come,  cannot  henceforth 
rise  up  and  say  they  have  ignorantly 
sinned  in  relation  to  these  great  com- 
mandments. No  officer  of  the  Church, 
whether  he  is  appointed  to  officiate  in 
the  callings  of  the  Priesthood  or  the 
auxiliary  organizations,  from  this  day 
forth  can  rise  up  and  make  a  valid  ex- 
cuse for  disobeying  the  commandment 
to  keep  the  Word  of  Wisdom,  or  fail 


(Concluded  from  page  683) 

Pain  was  in  both  faces.  A  knowl- 
edge of  that  awful  God-kinship  be- 
tween them!  What  similarity!  What 
contrast!  Compassion  in  one — de- 
spair in  the  other!  Triumph  and 
defeat!  Salvation  and  damnation! 
Love  and  hate!  Good  and  evil! 

Together,  wordless,  they  survey- 
ed the  jagged  field.  The  pensive 
silence  was  eloquent. 

The  mockery  of  a  smile  bit  like 
acid  into  Satan's  somber,  malevolent 
face.  The  Savior's  clear  eyes  shad- 
owed as  he  looked  upon  his  brother, 
the  outcast,  the  homeless  one.  He 
who  had  once  been  upon  the  holy 
mountain  of  God  and  had  walked 
up  and  down  in  the  midst  of  the 
stones  of  fire!  And  now  he  reigned 
alone  in  a  world  of  his  own  creation, 
the  angel  of  the  Bottomless  Pit! 

An  eerie  glow  like  dawn  shone 
forth  from  the  whiteness  of  Christ. 
A  soft  radiance  fell,  and,  in  the 
light,  the  face  of  Lucifer  looked  old 
and  infinitely  tired. 

Something  intangible  was  in  the 
air.  An  emotion  beyond  the  com- 
prehension of  man  hovered  there. 
It  was  as  though  each  strove  to 
reach  over  the  abyss  of  time.  To* 
realize  again  the  harmony  of  their 
creation.  Memory  cried  out  like  a 
weird  strain  from  some  unearthly, 
ethereal  place.  And  then  as  it  had 
come  like  strange  music,  so  it  left.. 

The  screaming  again.  The  flash- 
ing! The  naming!  I  was  sinking 
.  .  .  sinking  .  .  .  and  then  I  pressed 
my  eyes  tight  shut  to  Keep  out  the 
millions  of  fire-specks  dancing  there. 

Wings  thrummed.  Deep,  resound- 
ing roars  shook  the  earth.  Cool 
fingers  of  rain  stroked  my  face.  I 
opened  my  eyes. 

They  were  gone!  And  the  battle- 
field was  left  to  struggling  human- 
ity and  to  the  wind  which  sighed 
and  moaned  like  a  woman  over  the 
blood,  the  bones,  and  the  broken 
flesh. 


to  observe  the  Sabbath  day  and  keep- 
it  holy,  or  refuse  to  pay  his  honest 
tithes  and  offerings. 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  men  who  are 
called  to  preside  in  the  quorums  of  the 
Priesthood  to  see  that  these  admoni- 
tions and  commandments  are  laid  be- 
fore the  members  of  the  quorums,  and 
that  they  are  properly  and  sufficiently 
taught.  Every  person  in  the  Church 
who  loves  the  truth  and  desires  to  obey 
its  precepts,  will  rejoice  and  turn  to* 
the  Lord  with  renewed  faith  and  keep 
every  covenant  and  commandment. 

— /.  F.  S. 

707 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 

Log  of  a  European  Tour 

(Continued  from  page  697) 

August  29,  1937 

We  left  our  hotel  yesterday 
morning  soon  after  eight  and  were 
at  the  station  for  some  time  waiting 
for  the  train.  We  were  not  able  to 
reserve  seats  on  the  train  so  we  went 
early  to  get  good  seats.  We  were 
not  in  compartments  this  time.  The 
cars  are  narrower  than  ours  at 
home;  the  aisle  is  at  the  side  of  the 
seat  for  two,  and  then  on  the  other 
side  is  a  single  seat.  We  occupied 
the  double  seats  and  three  men  the 
single  ones.  Opposite  us  was  a  nice 
looking  Japanese  gentleman. 

We  went  up  4,000  feet  to  reach 
the  summit  and  were  above  the  tim- 
ber line.  Here  the  vegetation  was 
very  scarce  and  the  rocky  tops  of 
the  mountains  bare  of  green.  We 
came  quite  close  to  a  glacier,  and 
it  reminded  us  of  the  glaciers  in 
Alaska.  We  could  see  the  deep  blue 
coloring.  As  we  came  down  we  rode 
into  very  high  mountains,  and  for 
many  miles  along  the  banks  of  a 
large  fjord.  It  was  a  most  magnifi- 
cent view  to  see  the  towering,  thickly 
wooded  mountains  extending  down 
into  the  water.  The  water  was  so 
clear  it  acted  as  a  mirror  and  the 
mountains  looked  as  if  they  went 
down  into  the  water. 

When  we  arrived  at  Bergen  there 
was  a  goodly  group  of  people,  mis- 
sionaries and  Saints,  who  welcomed 
us.  The  city  nestles  right  down  at 
the  side  of  a  high  mountain. 

The  meeting  tonight  was  a  splen- 
did one.    The  house  was  crowded 


OLD  TYPE  TELEPHONE-MAGNETO  WALL  SET— 
A  FAMILIAR  OBJECT  OF  THE  NINETEENTH 
CENTURY.  (FOR  THE  MODERN  VERSION  SEE 
PAGE  726.) 


and  many  people  stood  during  the 
entire  service.  As  in  Oslo,  all  the 
ladies  of  the  choir  were  dressed  in 
white. 

Father  spoke  for  a  little  over  an 
hour  and  we  were  all  delighted  with 
his  sermon.  He  seemed  to  speak 
with  great  ease  and  the  interpreter 
did  well,  so  the  brethren  who  un- 
derstood told  us.  We  have  held 
tonight  the  last  scheduled  public 
meeting.  Twenty-four  days  have 
passed  since  we  left  London  for  the 
Scandinavias  and  tonight  as  we 
reflect  on  the  activities  of  these 
three  weeks  we  are  filled  with  sat- 
isfaction. Our  meetings  have  been 
well  attended,  the  newspapers  have 
published     friendly     material,     the 


Let  LONG  DISTANCE 
Round  out  [the  Family  Circle 

Is  there  some  one  in  your  family  who 
hasn't  been  home  for  a  long  time?  Per- 
haps a  youngster  away  at  school ...  a  son  or  daugh- 
ter married  and  living  out  of  town  ...  a  husband  off 
on  a  business  trip. 

They  have  good  news  and  cheer  for  you — just  as  you 
have  for  them.    And  wouldn't  it  do  them  a 
lot  of  good  to  hear  the  sound  of  your  voice? 

The  Mountain  States  Telephone 
&  Telegraph  Company  . . . 


people  have  extended  every  cour- 
tesy and  given  us  every  considera- 
tion. The  scenery  and  weather  have 
united  in  making  their  contributions 
of  beauty  and  so  we  all  feel  happy 
over  this  trip  and  are  assured  that 
the  Church  will  profit  by  father's 
visit. 

Tuesday,  August  31,  1937 
YESTERDAY  morning  Saints  and 
Elders  were  at  the  docks  to  see 
us  off.  The  weather  was  ideal,  all 
the  clouds  and  mists  of  the  day  hav- 
ing cleared  away  and  all  was  pro- 
pitious for  a  pleasant  voyage.  As 
we  were  standing  on  the  ship  Venus, 
waiting  for  it  to  pull  out,  someone 
suggested  that  father  sing  "O  Ye 
Mountains  High."  He  sang  all  the 
verses,  and  we  on  the  ship  and  the 
missionaries  and  a  few  of  the  Saints 
standing  on  the  shore,  joined  in  the 
last  part  of  each  stanza.  Then  all 
sang  the  chorus  of  "Carry  On,"  we 
on  the  ship  singing  in  English  and 
those  on  the  shore  singing  in  Nor- 
wegian. As  the  ship  began  to  move 
away  the  strains  of  "We  Thank 
Thee,  O  God,  For  a  Prophet,"  came 
up  from  the  group  on  the  shore. 
There  was  a  calling  of  goodbye, 
handkerchief  waving,  and  the  ship 
turned  slowly,  and  we  were  out  of 
sight  of  those  people  who  had  wel- 
comed us  so  heartily  and  done  all 
in  their  power  to  show  their  appre- 
ciation of  father's  visit. 

Today  has  been  spent  on  the 
train.  We  arrived  at  Newcastle, 
England,  about  8  a.  m.  and  were 
there  about  an  hour  and  a  half  be- 
fore we  left  the  boat.  We  had  to 
show  our  passports  a  few  times,  have 
our  baggage  inspected,  and  then 
were  at  liberty  to  take  the  train. 

London,  Wednesday, 
September  1,  1937 
HPonight  we  had  an  M.  I.  A.  meet- 
ing with  the  mission  board  and 
the  Elders  who  were  interested  in 
the  work.  There  has  been  some 
very  good  M.  I.  A.  work  done  here 
in  this  mission  and  we  were  happy 
over  the  bright  outlook  for  the  work 
this  winter. 

Thursday,  September  2,  1937 
HPoday  we  have  been  shopping 
again,  and  visiting  some  places 
of  interest.  The  whole  party  ate 
lunch  at  Cheshire  Cheese  Inn. 
This  is  a  famous  inn  where  Dickens, 
Johnson,  Boswell,  and  many  other 
notables  came  to  eat  and  drink  their 
glasses  of  beer.  This  building  was 
rebuilt  in  1669  and  has  been  prac- 
tically the  same  since  then.  We 
were  shown  the  seats  where  Dick- 
ens and  Johnson  always  sat.  There 
is  a  copy  of  Johnson's  first  diction- 


708 


J  fa  CMvu/dtiiJiM 

When  The  Improvement  Era 

started  upon  its  career  forty 
years  ago,  under  the  capable 
and  aggressive  business  man- 
agement of  Heber  J.  Grant, 
more  than  a  score  of  loyal  and 
enterprising  national  an  d 
western  institutions  gave  their 
support  through  the  advertis- 
ing columns  of  the  first  vol- 
ume.. Of  those  whose  names 
appeared  in  the  Era  then,  sev- 
eral have  survived  the  two- 
score  years  of  change  and  are 
represented  in  this  Fortieth 
Anniversary  Issue,  among 
them — 

Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Western.... 

Inside   Back  Cover 

H.  Dinwoodey  Furniture  Co 726 

Heber    J.    Grant    &    Co.     (Utah 

Home  Fire   Ins.) 719 

Union  Pacific  Railroad    (Oregon 

Short  Line) 664 

Z.  C.  M.  1 657 

Zion's  Savings  Bank  &  Trust  Co.~659 

To  the  advertisers  of  forty 
years  ago,  and  to  all  the  pro- 
gressive and  fore-sighted  in- 
stitutions that  have  come  into 
our  pages  since  that  time,  the 
editorial  and  business  man- 
agement of  The  Improvement 
Era  extends  appreciation  for 
the  Era  and  for  its  great  host 
of  Churchwide  readers. 

Amalgamated    Sugar    Company..721 
Beneficial    Life    Insurance    Com- 
pany   Back  Cover 

Bintz,  W.  H.  Co 722 

Brigham  Young  University 722 

Chicago,    Burlington    &    Quincy 

Railroad  Co 658 

Deseret  Book  Company 726 

Deseret  News  Press  720 

Eureka  Vacuum  Cleaner  Co. 722 

Ford  Motor  Company  718 

Ghirardelli   Company   709 

Hotel  Utah,  The 723 

KSL  Radio  Station  715 

L.  B.  Hair  Oil 716 

L.  D.  S.  Business  College 717 

Mountain  Fuel  Supply  Company..713 
Mountain    States    Telephone    & 

Telegraph  Co 708 

New  Hotel  Lankershim  658 

Pacific  States  Cast  Iron  Pipe  Co..725 

Panama  Pacific  Line 710 

Pembroke  Company  658 

Polk,  R.  L 722 

Quish  School  of  Beauty  Culture..726 

R.  &  A.  C.  Institute 722 

Royal  Baking  Company  712 

Royal  Typewriter  Company 724 

Salt  Lake  Stamp  Company 716 

Shell  Oil  Co Inside  Front  Cover 

Tri-State  Lumber  Company 714 

Utah  Engraving  Co 722 

Utah-Idaho  School  Supply  Co...720 

Utah  Oil  Refining  Co 662 

Utah    Poultry    Producers'    Asso- 
ciation     727 

Utah  Power  &  Light  Co 661 

Walker  Bank  &  Trust  Co 711 

Western  Royal  Vacuum  Cleaner 
Co 716 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


Log  of  a  European  Tour 

ary.  It  consists  of  two  volumes, 
each  one  as  large  as  our  dictionary, 
some  first  editions  of  Dickens' 
works,  pictures,  chinaware,  and 
other  relics  of  the  past.  The  man- 
agement tries  to  keep  up  the  tavern 
just  as  it  was  three  hundred  years 
ago.  They  use  willowware  china 
on  quaint  old  salt  and  pepper  shak- 
ers and  serve  their  famous  beef  and 
kidney  pie  on  plates  of  the  same 
pattern. 

After  leaving  Cheshire  Cheese 
Inn  we  visited  the  home  of  Samuel 
Johnson.  This  house  has  been  a 
museum  for  about  forty  years.  The 
guide,  a  delightful  lady  and  an 
ardent  admirer  of  Johnson,  gave  us 
a  feeling  for  Johnson  that  we  never 
had  before.  His  family  life  and  his 
great  humanitarian  qualities  were 
emphasized.  She  told  of  his  caring 
for  hundreds  of  poor  people  and 
for  thirty  years  keeping  in  his  home 
a  blind  woman  who  was  no  relation 
and  who  was  so  disagreeable  that 
he  often  had  to  bribe  the  maids  to 
stay  and  care  fof  her. 

We  went  from  room  to  room 
where  furniture  and  pictures  and 
bric-a-brac  were  just  as  it  was  in 
his  day.  We  were  taken  into  the 
attic  where  he  did  his  writing  and 
where  his  wife  never  came  to  dis- 
turb him. 

Friday,  September  3,  1937 

\\7"e  are  all  quite  excited  tonight 
and  have  been  humming  "And 
It's  Home  Again,  Home  Again, 
America  For  Me,"  several  times  to- 
day. Our  last  day  in  London  has 
been  spent  by  father  in  visiting  news- 
paper men  and  steamship  company 
officers,  counseling  with  Brother  Ly- 
man, writing  in  books  for  the  Elders, 
a  visit  to  the  Kew  Gardens,  the  most 
famous  of  all  botanical  gardens  in 
the  world,  and  lastly  being  enter- 
tained by  Brother  and  Sister  Ly- 
man. Sister  Beesley  and  I,  guided 
by  Sister  Ramona  Cannon,  visited 
two  art  galleries,  the  Tate  and  Wal- 
lace; walked  around  the  Parliament 
buildings  and  out  over  the  Thames 
River.  We  looked  longingly  at 
Westminster  Abbey.  Our  one  dis- 
appointment was  not  being  able  to 
go  into  the  Abbey.  It  has  been 
closed  to  the  public  ever  since  the 
Coronation  of  King  George,  so  we 
are  among  those  hundreds  of  thou- 
sands who  have  been  on  the  out- 
side. 

Tonight  we  rode  around  on  the 
upper  deck  of  a  bus,  looking  and 
looking  for  the  last  time.  We  stop- 
ped at  Trafalgar  Square,  Piccadilly, 

(Continued  on  page  710) 


STT3  0W 


•S.-o 


2.    5S- 


ui"   Er   S" 


.Grg     „ 


s  er 


3  g, 


o, 


z 


T  rt>    rt> 


v» 


«•» 


S.         -<     m 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,    NOVEMBER,    1937 


tfOMY*****1* 


■  .."     . .    ....'■'  ■    ■     .  ■    ■■  . 


25%  ROUND-TRIP 
RATE  REDUCTION  NOW 
Decide  to  come  this  month!  Tourist 
Cabin  from  $125.  First  Class  from 
$225  ($250  at  certain  seasons).  Save 
25%  round  trip  by  steamer.  "Circle 
Tours"  by  rail  and  water  starting  from 
your  own  home  town;  go  either  way 
by  steamer.  Also  steamer-plane  tours. 


To  New  York  via  Acapulco, 

Mexico,  Panama,  Havana 

What  other  way  of  travel  can  compare 
now  winter  comes?  "Big  3"  liners — S.S. 
California,  Virginia,  Pennsylvania — are 
most  popular  coast  to  coast.  Giant  size 
gives  them  extra  smoothness. The  cuisine 
is  matchless  (dining  salons  are  air-con- 
ditioned). All  staterooms  outside,  with 
beds.  Each  ship  has  two  open  air  swim 
pools,  complete  facilities  for  sport,  rest, 
entertainment,  care  of  children.  Panama 
Pacific  hospitality  attends  you  every 
hour  of  your  voyage.  En  route  to  New 
York  (a  2 -week  cruise)  there's  plenty  of 
sight-seeing  time  ashore  at  tropic  ports. 

Write,  ask  your  Travel  Agent,  or  call — 

Panama  Pacific  Line 

DOuglas  8680 — 665  Market  St.,  San  Francisco; 

American  Express  Co.,  26  W.  Second  South  St., 

Salt  Lake  City,  or  any  Railroad  Agent 


Log  of  a  European  Tour 

(Continued  from  page  709) 
rode  down  the  Mall,  and  walked 
over  the  Thames  again. 

Saturday,  September  4,  1937 
"\X7e  were  all  up  early  this  morning 
and  ready  long  before  time  to 
go  to  the  station.  Brother  Lyman 
called  at  the  hotel  for  us  and  when 
we  reached  the  station  President 
and  Sister  Clark,  President  and  Sis- 
ter Lyman,  many  of  the  mission- 
aries and  some  of  the  Saints  were 
there  to  say  goodbye.  There  was 
the  usual  snapping  of  cameras, 
messages  to  loved  ones  at  home,  and 
finally  as  the  time  for  the  train  to 
pull  out  arrived,  the  Elders  and 
Saints  gathered  in  a  group  and  sang 
"God  Be  With  You  Till  We  Meet 
Again."  Just  as  the  train  was  pull- 
ing out  they  all  sang  "We  Thank 
Thee,  O  God,  For  a  Prophet." 

Brother  Lyman  went  with  us  as 
far  as  Southampton,  where  we 
boarded  the  boat,  The  Empress  of 
Britain.  Mr.  J.  A.  Martin,  the  man- 
ager of  the  Canadian  Steamship 
Company,  came  on  the  boat  to  wish 
father  goodbye,  and  suggested  that 
anything  that  could  be  done  for  his 
pleasure  or  convenience  would  be 
done.  Brother  Lyman  was  in- 
vited to  stay  to  lunch  and  was  the 
guest  of  the  Steamship  Company. 
Brother  Lyman  suggested  to  the 
waiter  that  he  call  him  in  plenty  of 
time  so  that  he  could  leave  the  ship, 
which  he  said  he  would  do.  At  five 
minutes  after  one  we  began  to  notice 
the  boat  moving  a  little,  and  upon 
getting  up  we  discovered  that  we 
were  drawing  away  from  the  shore. 
The  waiter  had  miscalculated  the 
time  and  so  Brother  Lyman  was 
still  on  board.  Arrangements  were 
made  with  the  ship's  officers  to  have 
the  tug  come  up  alongside  of  the 
vessel  and  take  Brother  Lyman 
ashore.  In  about  twenty  minutes 
the  tug  came  up  alongside  of  the 
ship,  the  gangplank  was  dropped 
and  Brother  Lyman  stepped  on 
to  the  tug.  We  called  goodbye  and 
we  all  waved  our  handkerchiefs, 
he  doing  the  same  from  the  tug.  We 
watched  until  his  boat  turned  into 
the  harbor. 

Wednesday,  September  8,  1937 
TThe  voyage  thus  far  has  not  been 

very  rough,  but  father  and  I 
have  both  thought  it  the  better  part 
of  wisdom  to  remain  in  our  cabins. 
We  are  looking  forward  to  landing 
tomorrow,  and  then  our  tour  will  be 
practically  completed.  Sister  Bees- 
ley  goes  to  Chicago,  Sister  Bennett 
and  Sister  Wallace  to  New  York,. 
father  and  Brother  Anderson  to  Salt 
Lake,  and  I  to  Toronto. 

(Concluded  on  page  712) 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


For  many  years  before  and 
after  the  turn  of  the  century. 
this  Bank  occupied  the  build- 
ing shown  below,  just  across 
Main  Street  from  its  present 
lS-story  building,  its  home 
since  1912. 


P    R    O    G    R    E 

Growth  of  this  intermountain  institution  is  typified 
not  merely  in  terms  of  stone  and  steel  and  bricks  .  .  . 
but  also  in  scope  of  services,  in  strength  of  resources 
and  in  the  experience  of  successful  management. 
These  are  benefits  offered  to  the  customers  of  this 
Bank.     Your  account  is  cordially  invited. 

WALKER    BANK 
&    TRUST    COMPANY 

Salt  Lake  City 
MEMBER     FEDERAL     DEPOSIT     INSURANCE     CORPORATION 


Beginning  Soon — "Reconciliations"  on  Vital  Current  Questions  by  Prominent  Authorities. 


711 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,    NOVEMBER,    1937 


Log  of  a  European  Tour 

(Concluded  from  page  710) 

I  have  purposely  avoided  men- 
tioning many  names,  because  so 
many  have  helped  to  make  our  visit 
pleasant,  that  had  I  mentioned  all, 
this  log  would  have  been  but  a 
chronicle  of  names. 

However,  I  can  not  close  without 
expressing  our  deep  appreciation  to 
President  Lyman  who  for  two 
months  guided  our  party,  looked 
up  railroad  schedules,  prepared 
maps,  and  wrote  letters  to  the  mis- 
sion presidents,  giving  the  time  of 
arrival,  the  time  of  departure,  the 
number  of  meetings  to  be  held,  saw 
that  every  minute  of  the  time  was 
used  to  advantage  but  that  father 
was  protected  as  much  as  possible. 
He  said  he  wanted  father  to  leave 
the  mission  better  in  every  way  than 
when  he  came;  he  wanted  this  trip 
to  be  a  vacation  as  well  as  a  mis- 
sionary journey.  And  so  each  day 
had  its  rest  periods  as  well  as  its 
meetings.  We  are  all  agreed,  father 
included,  that  Brother  Lyman  did 
his  work  well  because,  notwith- 
standing it  was  a  strenuous  trip 
with  many  changes  of  trains,  hotels, 
and  diet,  father  is  coming  home  in 
as  good  health,  if  not  better,  than 


when  he  left;  and  had  it  not  been 
for  Brother  Lyman's  generalship, 
father  might  have  returned  quite 
worn  out.  As  it  is,  it  has  been  so 
pleasant,  father  is  already  talking 
of  a  return  trip  some  two  or  three 
years  hence. 


And  so,  as  an  author  reluctantly 
lays  down  his  pen  when  he  has 
written  "The  End"  to  a  loved  book, 
I  will  close  by  again  expressing  my 
appreciation  for  this  rare  opportun- 
ity of  accompanying  my  beloved 
father  on  this  memorable  journey. 


vl/omaris  Changed  vi/ond 

(Concluded  from  page  692) 

our  vicious  political  practices.  With  the  new  leisure, 
our  spiritual  growth  should  transcend  all  previous  de- 
velopment, for  with  this  new  leisure  mothers  have  time 
to  instruct  their  children  better  in  the  Tightness  and 
wrongness  of  certain  behavior. 

Women  have  always  been  rightly  considered  the 
guardians  of  the  best  in  civilization.  Unless  they  re- 
gard this  new  leisure  as  an  opportunity  for  an  increas- 
ing of  the  best  and  a  diminishing  of  the  worst  which 
the  age  offers,  we  shall  find  that  this  free  time  will  serve 
as  a  prelude  to  the  downfall  of  our  generation.  If, 
however,  women  accept  the  new  leisure  as  a  responsi- 
bility for  greater  development,  then  they  will  become 
active  factors  in  the  realization  of  the  millennium  to 
which  we  are  eagerly  looking. — M.  C.  J. 


Always  Good 


Most  modern  methods  . . .  scientific  test- 
ing of  all  ingredients  . . .  plus  more  than 
40  years'  experience  in  the  art  of  bak- 
ing, assure  you  that  Royal  bakery  foods 
are  always  good]  They  are  favorites 
with  thousands  of  families  in  the  inter- 
mountain  region. 


FRESH 

every  day  at 
your  grocer's 


BREAD,  CAKES,  COOKIES 


ROYAL  BAKING    COMPANY  — SALT   LAKE   and   OGDEN 

100%  Home-Owned — A  Community  Builder  for  More  Than  40  Years 
George  Mueller,  President 


712 


Watch  for  the  "Era's"  New  Continued  Story. 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


THEN  mid  NOW 


Modern  Automatic 


NATURAL    GAS    HEAT 

belongs  to  the  new  age  of  convenience 


The  pictures  tell  a  story  ...  a  re- 
markable story  of  progress  which 
closely  parallels  the  life  of  The 
Improvement  Era. 

Forty  years  ago  only  wealthy 
homes  could  boast  running  water 
and  "modern"  bathrooms.  Auto- 
mobiles were  rich  men's  toys.  Peo- 
ple in  the  intermountain  territory 
couldn't  have  Natural  Gas  at  any 
price.    It  just  wasn't  available. 

Today  these  things  are  so  com- 
mon that  we  scarcely  give  them  a 
thought.  People  of  moderate 
means  enjoy  more  comforts  and 
conveniences  than  the  very  rich 
could  command  a  generation  ago. 

In  the  home,  nothing  brings 
more    genuine    convenience    and 


modernness  than  automatic  Nat- 
ual  Gas  heat.  It  is  as  far  ahead 
of  ordinary  methods  as  the  stream- 
lined automobile  is  ahead  of  the 
horse  and  buggy. 

Natural  Gas  heat  is  the  only 
fully  automatic  method  of  house- 
heating  .  .  .  the  only  method  that 
requires  no  fuel  handling,  no 
storage  space,  no  removing  of 
clinkers  or  ashes,  no  work  of  any 
kind. 


And  its  cost  is  surprisingly  low. 
Many  users  find  it  actually  costs 
less  to  heat  their  homes  with  Nat- 
ual  Gas  than  it  formerly  cost  for 
other  methods. 

If  your  home  is  not  modernized 
with  Natural  Gas  heat,  find  out 
how  easily  it  can  be  done.  The 
new  Gas  furnaces  provide  com- 
plete winter  air-conditioning.  In- 
stalled on  liberal  terms.  Call  in 
or  phone  for  details. 


MOUNTAIN  FUEL1UPPLY  COMPANY 


36  South  State 


Salt  Lake  City 
Serving  Twenty-one  Utah  Communities 


Patronize  These  Advertisers  and  Mention  the  "Era.' 


Wasatch  1300 
713 


THE    IMPROVEMENT    ERA,    NOVEMBER,    1937 


THE  OUTLAW  OF  NAVAJO  MOUNTAIN 


ireshments  on  the  fire,  and  when 
those  refreshments  had  only  begun 
to  sizzle,  a  greater  posse  joined  Oli- 
ver and  came  through  the  gate. 

Posey's  people  might  stop  some- 
where later  on,  but  not  right  there; 
they  must  be  moving.  Some  of  them, 
ravenous  with  hunger,  gulped  part 
of  their  half-cooked  victuals  with 
swine-like  dispatch,  but  they  threw 
the  rest  away  and  piled  the  loads 
back  on  their  horses  in  a  jumble. 

To  hold  their  course  now  to  Re- 
capture meant  to  meet  the  posse  in 
the  open  flat.  That  simply  couldn't 
be — it  was  contrary  to  the  very  first 
principles  of  their  warfare.  They 
would  have  to  go  back,  for  the 
whistle  of  bullets  admonished  them 
that  the  posse  had  guns  as  big  as 
their  own. 

"What  about  my  brother?" 
whined  the  second  wife.  "What  can 
we  ever  do  without  him?"  and  she 
hesitated  as  if  she  would  go  on  to 
Recapture  at  all  hazards. 

"To  h —  with  your  brother!" 
roared  the  distracted  Posey.  "It's 
easier  for  him  to  come  to  us  than 
for  all  of  us  to  go  to  him." 


(Continued  from  page  677) 

It  was  not  possible  for  them  to 
know  it  that  day,  and  certain  ones 
of  them  were  to  die  before  it  could 
be  reported  that  Poke  listened  with 
nothing  but  disgust  to  Posey's  mes- 
senger and  then  grunted,  "Puneeh! 
He  learns  no  more  than  a  skunk, 
and  they  will  kill  him  for  making 
such  a  big  stink." 

And  then  the  old  grizzly  packed 
up  and  moved  farther  over  into 
Colorado,  camping  near  a  ranch  in 
McElmo  where  he  could  hear  from 
the  fight  without  being  near  enough 
to  be  blamed  or  praised  for  the  na- 
ture of  its  outcome. 

Three  squaws  and  two  papooses 
were  so  sure  that  Poke  was  their 
only  hope  of  deliverance,  that  they 
dropped  out  of  the  company  on 
Murphy  Point  and  were  later  found 
hiding  in  a  cave  half  way  to  Yel- 
low Jacket. 

L  osey  and  his  company, 
keeping  out  of  sight  behind  the  cab- 
in, hurried  west  for  the  nearest 
rocks.  And  there  in  the  rim  of 
White-Mesa    Canyon    their    main 


snipers  hid  while  their  company 
rode  lash  and  lather  down  through 
the  rocks  to  cross  to  the  west  side. 
His  people  descended  into  the 
canyon  on  the  lope,  treading  each 
other's  heels  and  jostling  violently 
at  every  turn  of  the  trail,  while  Po- 
sey lay,  watching  the  little  notch 
in  the  rim  from  which  they  came 
off  the  point,  resolved  to  bore  the 
first  man  who  appeared  behind  them. 

At  that  first  man,  who  happened 
to  be  John  D.  Rogers,  he  let  fly 
with  his  big  gun,  expecting  to  cut 
his  man  through  the  lungs  from  the 
side.  But  the  shot  went  low,  it 
barely  grazed  John's  hip  pocket, 
pierced  the  tree  of  the  saddle  and 
broke  the  back  of  the  horse. 

When  the  general  saw  the  horse 
drop,  the  rider  leap  from  sight  and 
no  one  else  appear,  he  craned  his 
neck  to  scan  that  vicinity,  and  inci- 
dentally to  look  behind  and  to  one 
side.  Then  he  discovered  in  the  dis- 
tance a  car  coming  from  town  to 
head  his  people  from  crossing  the 
road  on  the  west  side  of  the  canyon. 

[Continued  on  page  718) 


Now!  TRI-STATE  offers  Home  Repairs 
and  Remodeling,  on  the  Budget  Plan  .... 

There  is  no  need  to  wait  for  those  needed  reports  or  alterations  to 
modernize  your  home,  because  we  can  now  arrange  to  finance 
them  for  you  on  a  new,  easy  payment  plan. 

No  down  payment  is  necessary  . .  .  take  as  long  as  3  years  to  pay. 
Here  is  a  partial  list  of  what  can  be  had  this  easy,  convenient  way: 

•  NEW  ROOF  •CABINETS,  COUNTERS 

•  GARAGE  ©NEW  FLOORS 

•  SLEEPING  PORCH  •  BUILT-IN  CUPBOARDS 

In  fact,  most  all  repairs,  remodeling  or  additions  can  be 
purchased  by  this  plan. 


DON'T  DELAY  . . .  COME  IN  TODAY! 


Next  Month  George  D.  Pyper  Continues  "The  Story  of  Our  Hymns." 


AGAIN  EXCLUSIVE 


KSL  COVERAGE 


WORLD  SERIES  FANS 


'        . . ..  f. '        ** .  •- 

1    I  /  -  • 


-* 


*»-**■  % 


^Mi 


■1  '■     ifmmimlf 


. 


in 


7*""|  NNUALLY,  thousands  of  baseball  fans 

I — I  throughout  the  nation  await  "world 
•J-  -■-  series"  time.  For  then  the  year's  most 
closely  followed  sports  broadcast  is  brought 
them  through  the  Columbia  Broadcasting  Sys- 
tem. For  many  seasons,  now,  KSL  has  served 
downtown  sports  followers  exclusively 
through  cooperation  with  the  Tribune-Tele- 
gram. 

This  year  once  more  it  was  KSL  exclu- 
sively that  installed  the  giant  public  address 
system  informing  a  visual  audience  of  thou- 
sands as  play  progressed  in  the  Yankee  Sta- 
dium and  in  the  Polo  Grounds. 

KSL 


The  KSL  photographer  "caught"  a  por- 
tion of  the  listening  and  watching  crowd  dur- 
ing one  of  the  games  this  fall.  KSL's  huge 
speakers  are  shown  in  the  circle,  addressing 
a  traffic-stopping  crowd  that,  on  Salt  Lake's 
Main  street  heard  the  crack  of  bat  on  ball,  the 
cries  of  players  and  fans  as  the  Yankees  drove 
to  their  world  championship. 

KSL  continues  to  look  for  new  outlets,  new 
means  of  serving  the  vast  Intermountain  and 
Western  audience  that  depends  on  "The 
Voice  of  the  West"  for  entertainment,  for  news, 
for  public  events  coverage. 


THE  VOICE 
OF  THE  WEST 


Patronize  the  Advertisers  Who  Appear  in  the  "Era." 


715 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


^ct^^^^^^^^^«^^«i^^K»^; 


Christmas 
Cards... 

FOR  1937 


1 

K  Are  now  ready  for  your  inspection  K 

J  Let  Us  Solve  Your  Christmas  Card  p: 

K                                Problem  J 

0!  Distinctive  Cards  R 

f                                    Reasonable  Prices  jf 

II  Order    early   to   insure   satisfaction  W 

4  ¥ 

6     Salt  Lake  Stamp  Co.  2 

rf  43  West  Broadway                Wasatch  3097  A 

|                          Salt  Lake  City,  Utah  ' 


I 


|M14i»(>^R-M'^()4>»ii 


I 


From  Ox-Cart  to 
Automobile 

From  Broom  to  Vacuum 
Cleaner 


The  housewife  of  today  has,  in  the 
ROYAL  Cleaner  the  most  perfect  appli- 
ance known  for  reducing  labor  in  the 
home  and  removing  dust  and  its  accom- 
panying disease  germs — convince  your- 
self by  calling 

WESTERN  ROYAL 
VACUUM  CLEANER  CO. 

175  East  Broadway,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 
Wasatch  1448 


SOLUTION  TO  OCTOBER  PUZZLE 


SCRIPTURAL  CROSSWORD  PUZZLE 

Crowning  the  King   (II  Kings  11:12) 


©  W.  A.  W.  Co. 


had      called     to 


thine 


1  "when 

king" 

2  "Because     thou     hast 

hands" 

10  "We  .  .  .  all   like  bears" 

11  One  of   the   "ihipmen"   with   Paul 

when  the  ;hip  was  wrecked 

12  Allure 
14  Raise 

16  "the   people   fled    into  .  .  .  tents" 

17  "clean  .  .  .  ,  and  a  pure  heart" 

18  Note 

19  "thou  hast  ...  me  out  this  day" 
21  The    month     that     comes     in     ten 

years 
23  Unit  of  energy 
25  Enterprise 
27  ".  .  .  forty    years    reigned    he    in 

Jerusalem 


WO.  10 


ACROSS 

the       34  Mandan  is  in  this  state,   and  the 
state  is  in  Mandan 

35  Long  narrow  inlet 

36  "neither  after  him  arose  there  .  .  . 
like  him" 

38  "and   for   the  .  .  .  that   is   in   the 
land  of  Assyria" 

39  "O  Lord  our  .  .  .  ,  I  beseech  thee" 
41  "come  up,  and  .  .  .  me  out  of  the 

hand  of  the  king  of  Syria" 
43  Bark    of   E.    Indian   tree;    a 

(anag.) 
45  Bodies  of  partisans 

47  New  England  state 

48  A  chill 

49  Born 

50  "they      brought  . 
again" 

and      made     a  . 


pine 


king 


\Y 


ord 


51 


over     them- 


29  "And   he  .  .  .  ,   To   thee,   O   cap- 

selves" 

tain" 

30  "both  his  .  .  .  shall   tingle" 

Our  Text  from  Kings  is  1,  4,  )6,  17, 

32  "he    reigned  .   .  .  year    in    Jerusa- 

27, 29,  39,  41,  50,  and  51  combined 

lem" 

DOWN 

1  Threaten   a   fall;    thrones   do    this 

24  Car  house 

2  "The  king  of  Moab  .  .  .  rebelled 

26  This  chapter  of  Second  Kings  tells 

against  me" 

about    the     Syrian    army    being 

3  "have  .  .  .  concerning    the    faith" 

smitten   with    blindness 

4  Animal    held    in    high    esteem    in 

28  Canadian    province 

Egypt,  but  not  mentioned  in  the 

31  City  east  of  Bethel;  animal 

Bible 

32  City   in  Egypt;   preposition 

5  Chinese  weight;  beginning  of  life 

33  Empire  State 

6  Independent  state  in  Europe 

34  Six  states 

7  East   Indian   tree 

36  "The  fear  of  the  Lord  is  the  be- 

8 Incited 

ginning  of  wisdom"  is  one 

9  Speck 

37  "thou  shalt  not  call  her  name  .  .  . , 

10  Sun  god 

but  Sarah  shall  her  name  be" 

11  Light  fabric 

38  "Jehoshaphat  ...  the      king      of 

13  Displayed 

Judah" 

15  Compass  point 

40  Large  fish 

17  Battle  formation;   sheer  (anag.) 

41  Continent 

18  "and    to    be    had    in  ...  of    all 

42  New  England  state 

them  that  are  about  him" 

44  "And  so  .         came  to  pass" 

20  National  officer 

45  Hebrew  letter  in  Psalm   119 

22  Boiled  down;  second  end   (anag.) 

46  Early   English 

716 


The  L+ IX  $♦  Business  College  Spans  Half  a  Century  of  Progress 

— and  the  faculty  of  today  maintain  the  ideals  set  by  the  founders  of  the  school. 


Milton  H.  Ross  Heber  C.  Kimball 

Penmanship  Bookkeeping         Accounting 


Iris  Irons 

Typewriting 


Edna  B.  Claw  son 
Typewriting 


Joyce  Richardson 

Bookkeeping 


Vernon  F.  Larsen 

Ethics 


Mabel  Brown 
Shorthand 


Allien  Russon 

Shorthand 


FERAMORZ    Y.    FOX,    President 

Believing  that  the  strength  of  the  insti- 
tution is  its  faculty/  the  L.  D.  S.  Business 
College  has  selected  a  staff  of  workers 
who  are  not  only  experts  in  their  re- 
spective fields,  but  who  are  particularly 
well  qualified  to  promote  the  welfare  of 
young  men  and  women, 

It  is  the  pledge  of  this  school  that  every 
student  shall  have  the  greatest  possible 
opportunity  to  qualify  for  business  em- 
ployment. 

Information  about  courses,  methods  of 
instruction,  employment  service,  etc., 
will  be  gladly  furnished. 


Day  and  Evening  Classes 
All  the  Year 


Florence  P.  Evans 

Shorthand 


Lillian  R.  Smith 

Office  Training 


Miriam  Parker 

Office 


Le  Ray  S.  Howells 

Accounting 


Maud  N.  Leaver 

Employment 


Katie  C.  Jensen 

Personal  Development 


Walter  E.  Elieson 

Law,  Salesmanship 


Norma  Knight 

Stenotypy 


Gweneth  G.  Gates  E.  Claud  Jenson 

Secretary  Office  Machines 


Eugene  C.  Hinckley 

Shorthand 


Elsie  Kienitz 

Treasurer 


Kenneth  S.  Bennion 

English 


Helen  Shurtleff 

Office 


L.  V.  $♦    BUSINESS    COLLEGE 


70  North  Main  Street 


(A  Department  of  the  L.  D.  S.  College) 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


Wasatch  1812 


717 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


THE  OUTLAW  OF  NAVAJO  MOUNTAIN 


He  crept  around  hurriedly  to  a  po- 
sition from  which  he  could  rake  the 
seats  of  that  T  Model  as  it  passed, 
waiting  eagerly  while  it  sped  near- 
er. Three  men  occupied  the  back 
seat,  two  in  front.  Two  cartridges 
should  finish  the  five  of  them. 

In  spite  of  his  bead  on  the  cov- 
eted prize,  his  first  shot  pierced  the 
car  just  behind  the  men  in  the  back 
seat.  Four  inches  ahead  it  would 
have  gone  through  the  lungs  of 
Warren  Allan,  George  Hurst,  and 
Frank  Redd, 

Of  course  Posey  knew  nothing  of 
how  near  or  how  far  he  had  missed, 
but  he  did  know  that  little  car  rattled 
right  on  and  would  be  out  of  range 
in  a  very  few  seconds,  so  he  aimed 
for  a  wheel  and  punctured  a  tire. 
The  machine  wabbled  and  stopped 
in  an  open  space  where  no  rocks  or 
banks  could  hide  his  prey  from  him. 
They  were  his! 

The  five  men  in  that  car  would 
have  been  his  game  right  away,  but 
John  D.  Rogers  and  Leland  Redd 
saw  the  smoke  from  his  sniper's 
nest  and  made  life  so  perilous  in  that 
vicinity  that  he  got  out  in  a  hurry 


(Continued  from  page  714) 

and  rushed  on  to  join  his  people 
before  he  was  cut  off  from  them. 

Late  on  that  March  afternoon  the 
galloping  fugitives  approached 
Ruin  Spring,  nine  miles  southwest 
of  Blanding,  and  appropriated  six 
horses  grazing  in  a  field.  This  rep- 
resented all  the  plunder  of  the  big 
stir  this  far. 

With  their  children  sniveling  for 
supper  and  their  goats  panting  and 
ready  to  go  on  strike  at  this  race- 
horse style  of  travel,  they  entered 
the  narrow  little  gorge  into  Ruin 
Spring  Canyon.  The  general  and 
others  waited  there  under  cover  to 
stop  any  one  who  might  disturb  the 
Indians  while  they  made  camp  in 
Cottonwood.  The  posse  made  no 
attempt  to  follow,  and  in  the  early 
evening  the  ambuscade  moved  on 
to  join  the  camp. 

They  had  started  now  towards 
The  Big  Trail,  and  every  mile  in 
that  direction  should  give  them  add- 
ed security  till  they  reached  a  point 
where  no  one  would  dare  to  follow, 
a  point  beyond  which  no  pursuer 
had  ever  survived.  But  what  about 
their  people  held  under  guard — 
their  gallant  braves  kept  shamefully 


as  prisoners  in  Blanding?  General 
Posey  had  promised  to  accomplish 
their  rescue  that  night;  he  knew 
they  would  expect  it  of  him;  and  he 
cudgled  his  brain  for  a  way  to  do  it. 

He  told  his  people  to  start  before 
the  dawn,  and  to  wait  for  him  in 
the  Butler.  Then  he  rode  off  in  the 
night  on  his  black  mare,  sworn  to 
do  the  impossible.  Somewhere  on 
the  trail  of  his  people  that  after- 
noon, the  posse  would  be  dozing  on 
their  saddles  awaiting  the  morning. 
Posey  would  not  hazard  finding 
them,  but  he  would  follow  the  Cot- 
tonwood to  the  old  road. 

He  expected  to  find  his  prisoner- 
tribesmen  guarded  at  some  open 
camp  in  the  streets  of  the  town, 
their  guards  in  plain  view  and  at 
the  mercy  of  whoever  might  plot 
against  them  from  the  darkness.  In- 
stead, when  he  rode  quietly  into  the 
sleeping  town  he  saw  but  one  light, 
and  it  was  in  the  school  house.  His 
people  were  confined  in  the  base- 
ment rooms  with  armed  guards  sta- 
tioned at  every  entrance  and  per- 
haps waiting  in  the  rooms  above  to 
meet  every  emergency. 

(To  be  Continued) 


IMPROVEMENT 

THE  Improvement  Era  has  good  reason  at  this  time 
proudly  to  review  its  progress  during  the  past  forty 
years.  From  an  humble  beginning  it  has  become  an 
influential  chronicle  of  the  lives  and  works  of  the  young 
men  and  women  of  a  great  Church. 

Likewise,  this  Company  reviews  its  progress  with 
pride  and  satisfaction.  Thirty-four  years  of  leadership 
in  the  motor  industry1.  Thirty-four  years  spent  in  bring- 
ing the  motor  car  within  reach  of  everyone.  It  is  not 
alone  an  industrial  achievement,  but  a  social  accom- 
plishment, as  well. 

We,  with  you,  look  forward  with  keen  anticipation 
to  meritorious  progress  through  the  coming  years. 


FORD    MOTOR    COMPANY 


718 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     193  7 


THE  FLAMING  TORCH 

There  is  not  a  day  passes  in  which  this  flaming 
torch  of  carelessness  does  not  add  to  its  already  enor- 
mous total  of  fire  destruction. 

If  fire  descended  on  you  tonight,  and  tomorrow 
you  found  yourself  without  a  home,  where  would  the 
money  come  from  to  replace  and  rebuild  what  you 
have  lost? 

For  more  than  fifty  years  the  UTAH  HOME  FIRE 
has  stood  the  test  of  time,  fires,  panics  and  depres- 
sions. It  has  paid  millions  of  dollars  in  losses,  and  yet 
its  proudest  asset  is  its  reputation  for  commercial 
honor  and  good  faith. 

See  our  Agent  in  your  City. 

Utah  Home  Fire  Insurance  Company 

HEBER  J.  GRANT  &  CO.,  General  Agents 
SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 


When  You  Purchase  Goods  or  Service  Advertised  Here  Kindly  Mention  "The  Improvement  Era. 


719 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


Over  40  years  of  service  to 
the  intermountain  territory. 

"Everything  for  Office  and 
School" 

CHURCH  AND  SEMINARY 
FURNITURE 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


end  a 

JTriencHy 
Oreeting 


To  your  missionary 
abroad. 

It  is  not  too  early  to  make 
your  selection  of  CHRIST- 
MAS GREETING  CARDS 
for  that  friend  or  relative 
who  is  laboring  in  a 
strange  land  amid  strange 
peoples. 

Write  or  come  in  today. 

Pif  Deseret 
JNews  Press 

29  Richards  Street 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


FORTY  YEARS  OF  SERVICE 

(Continued  from  page  681) 


And  of  this  experience  the  Presi- 
dent's daughter,  Lucy  G.  Cannon, 
has  written: 

The  Improvement  Era  was  almost  born 
in  our  home — it  was  at  least  nurtured 
there  after  its  birth.  Father  sent  personal 
letters  by  the  thousands.  We  had  several 
typewriters  and  several  of  us  children 
learned  to  typewrite  getting  out  Era  letters. 
We  had  a  large  dining  room  and  an  es- 
pecially large  dining  room  table.  This 
table  would  be  pulled  out  and  half  a  dozen 
leaves  put  in  it.  Then  we  would  all  sit 
around  and  some  would  fold;  others  would 
write.  Father  was  usually  seated  at  the 
end  signing  his  name.  We  had  half  a 
dozen  enclosures  to  put  into  the  envelopes, 
so  it  took  us  all  to  get  these  letters  ready 
for  the  mail.  Maybe  that  is  the  reason  I 
am  so  interested  in  and  proud  of  The  Im- 
provement Era,  because  I  feel  I  had  a  hand 
in  starting  it.  Father's  interest  in  this 
magazine  has  never  waned  from  that  day 
to  this  and  I  think  his  work  for  it  has 
been  one  of  his  outstanding  contributions 
to   the  Church. 

Tn   these  brief   accounts   one    can 

read  of  the  humble  beginning  of 
the  magazine  which  in  forty  years 
has  grown  in  importance  and  power 
because  of  the  constant  message  it 
has  borne,  and  because  of  the  men 
who  have  fortified  it.  During  all  of 
these  forty  years  its  two  senior  edi- 
tors have  been  either  members  of 
the  First  Presidency  or  Presidents 
of  the  Church,  successively. 

In  1907,  the  magazine  became  the 
official  organ  of  the  Seventies;  in 
1909,  of  all  the  Priesthood;  in  1911 
of  all  of  the  Church  schools;  in  1 924, 
of  the  Music  Committee  of  the 
Church;  in  1929,  of  the  Young 
Women's  Mutual  Improvement  As- 
sociation. 

It  was  unique  for  a  group  of  men 
and  women  to  go  out  among  the 
people  without  even  a  sample  of 
their  proposed  magazine  and  seek 
subscriptions  for  it  in  sufficient  num- 
bers to  pay  for  its  publication.  A 
printed  prospectus  and  the  promise 
of  a  magazine  to  follow  was  all  they 
had.  Nothing  but  the  missionary 
spirit  which  characterized  that  un- 
dertaking and  which  still  character- 
izes Era  service,  could  have  brought 
success. 

Joseph  F.  Smith,  then  Second 
Counselor  in  the  First  Presidency, 
and  Elder  B.  H.  Roberts,  then  a 
member  of  the  First  Council  of  Sev- 
enty, were  named  as  editors  of  the 
magazine  which,  at  that  time,  did 
not  exist,  and  Elder  Heber  J.  Grant, 
then  a  member  of  the  Council  of  the 
Twelve,  and  a  member  of  the  Gen- 
eral Superintendency  of  the  Y.  M. 
M.  I.  A.,  was  named  as  manager, 
with  Thomas  Hull  as  his  assistant. 


The  personnel  of  the  magazine 
changed  but  slightly  during  the  suc- 
ceeding years.  Edward  H.  Ander- 
son, a  member  of  the  committee 
which  President  Roberts  named, 
was  made  an  assistant  editor  during 
the  second  year  of  the  magazine's 
existence,  when  President  Roberts 
was  released  to  go  to  Washington, 
leaving  Joseph  F.  Smith  and  Ed- 
ward H.  Anderson  as  editors. 

Other  editors  and  assistant  edi- 
tors of  the  magazine  have  been  Pres- 
ident Heber  J.  Grant,  assisted  by 
Edward  H.  Anderson  until  the  lat- 
ter's  death,  when,  in  1928,  Hugh 
J.  Cannon  was  made  editor.  After 
the  merging  of  the  Era  and  the 
Young  Woman's  Journal,  Elsie  Tal- 
mage  Brandley,  editor  of  the  maga- 
zine for  the  Young  Women,  was 
made  associate  editor  of  The  Im- 
provement Era.  After  the  death  of 
Hugh  J.  Cannon  in  November  of 
1930,  the  writer  was  made  man- 
aging editor,  and  Mrs.  Brandley 
continued  as  associate  editor.  In 
May  of  1935,  under  the  direction 
of  the  First  Presidency,  Dr.  John 
A.  Widtsoe,  a  member  of  the  Coun- 
cil of  the  Twelve,  was  made  editor, 
associated  with  President  Grant 
and  Harrison  R.  Merrill.  Once  again 
death  struck,  this  time  at  Associate 
Editor,  Mrs.  Brandley,  who  passed 
away  August  2,  1935,  to  be  suc- 
ceeded by  Marba  Cannon  Joseph- 
son.  In  January,  1936,  the  writer 
was  released  to  return  to  his  school 
work  at  Brigham  Young  University, 
and  Elder  Richard  L.  Evans,  the 
present  managing  editor,  who  had 
several  years  before  been  associated 
with  Dr.  James  E.  Talmage  and  Dr. 
Widtsoe  in  the  editorship  of  the 
Millennial  Star,  in  Europe,  was 
made  managing  editor,  with  Mrs. 
Marba  C.  Josephson,  associate  ed- 
itor. 

During  his  management  of  the 
magazine,  President  Grant  was  as- 
sisted by  Thomas  Hull,  later,  by 
Alpha  J.  Higgs,  and  still  later  by 
Moroni  Snow.  When  President 
Grant  became  editor,  the  vacancy 
he  left  in  the  management  was  filled 
by  Elder  Melvin  J.  Ballard,  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Council  of  the  Twelve, 
and  at  that  time  a  member  of 
the  superintendency  of  the  Y.  M. 
M.  I.  A. 

In  1929  the  General  Superintend- 
ency of  the  Young  Men's  Mutual 
Improvement  Association  determin- 
(Continued  on  page  722) 


720 


Watch  for  the  "Era's"  New  Continued  Story. 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


Above  is  pictured  part  of  the  52  wagonloads  of  imported  equip- 
ment  for   America's   first   beet  sugar  factory,   brought  into  Utah 
in  1852  when  freight  from  the  Missouri  River  was  $500.00  a  ton. 


3<oh  ihe  W&U-boinq.  of  OIL 

th&  (People. 


The  establishment  and  development  of  the  beet 
sugar  industry  in  Utah  represents,  in  a  singular 
sense,  a  practical  application  of  one  of  the  fun- 
damental tenets  of  the  Mormon  Church — the 
principle  of  "temporal  salvation." 

First  ventured  in  1852  by  early  Church  lead- 
ers, the  intermountain  beet  sugar  industry  has 
helped  to  bring  to  this  people  a  higher  degree 
of  self-reliance  and  prosperity,  which  has  been 
a  boon  both  to  producers  and  consumers.  It 
has  assured  to  the  housewife  a  dependable 
supply  of  this  essential  food  at  a  reasonable 


price;  it  has  provided  to  thousands  of  farmers 
a  sure  cash  crop;  and  it  has  increased  industrial 
payrolls.  In  short,  it  has  promoted  the  general 
prosperity  and  well-being  of  all  the  people. 

THE  AMALGAMATED  SUGAR  COMPANY  is 

proud  of  the  part  it  has  played  in  this  program. 

With  a  genuine  feeling  of  kinship,  we,  therefore, 
congratulate  the  Church  leaders  on  the  part 
they  have  played  in  the  encouragement  of  the 
beet  sugar  industry;  and  we  congratulate  The 
Improvement  Era,  on  the  celebration  of  its  40th 
anniversary  in  business. 


THE   AMALGAMATED    SUGAR    COMPANY 

Ogden,  Utah 


OFFICERS 

M.    S.    ECCLES,    President 

H.    A.    BENN1NG,   Vice-President   and   General    Mgr. 

G.    B.    RODMAN,   Vice-President Sales 

J.     R.     BACHMAN,     SECRETARY     AND     TREASURER 


DIRECTORS 


S.    F.    BALLIF,    JR. 
G.    I_.    BECKER 
E.     G.      BENNETT 
H.     A.     BENNING 
EDWARD     L.     BURTON 


SYLVESTER    Q.     CANNON 

M.    S.     ECCLES 

S     S      ECCLES 

STEPHEN    L.    RICHARDS.    CHAIRMAN 

J.     F.     SCOWCROFT 


ARTHUR    WINTER 


721 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,    NOVEMBER,     1937 


SHOULDER  TO  SHOULDER 
For  40  YEARS 

EVER  since  the  IMPROVEMENT  ERA  began,  it  has  cooperated 
generously  and  effectively  with  Brigham  Young  University. 
Both  having  the  same  great  objective — to  disseminate  the 
Gospel  so  that  man  may  progress  eternally,  they  have  marched 
side  by  side  in  friendly  teamwork. 

All  four  presidents  of  the  University,  Dr.  Karl  G.  Maeser, 
Dr.  Benjamin  Cluff,  Jr.,  Dr.  George  H.  Brimhall,  and  Dr.  F.  S. 
Harris,  have  contributed  to  the  "Era"  and  have  in  turn  drawn 
inspiration  from  its  pages. 

Therefore,  on  the  fortieth  anniversary  of  the  founding  of  the 
"Era,"  the  Church  University  wishes  to  thank  the  Church  Mag- 
azine and  its  great  leader,  President  Heber  J.  Grant,  and  to 
hope  that  both  may  long  continue  to  exercise  a  virile  and  in- 
spired leadership. 

BRIGHAM  YOUNG  UNIVERSITY 

PROVO,  UTAH 

"Founded  by  an  Empire-builder  for  the  Builders  of  New  Empires." 


/ 


I 


FROm 


m* 


8 


II] 


ONYOUR  FUELBILL 


WITH  THE 


^  Willi      Mlfa 


W.  H.  Bintz  Co.,  Salt  Lake  City 
Wholesale  Distributor 


VACUUM  CLEANER 

NOW!  World  Famous 
Eureka  Quality 

at  Amazingly 
Low  Cost! 


You  Merely  Guide 
The  New  Eurekas 
They  Clean  By  Pow- 
erful Machine  Action. 

Free  Home  Trial. 
Phone:    Wasatch    4764 

EUREKA  VACUUM   CLEANER   CO. 

177  East  Broadway  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


MEN  NEEDED 

FOR 

AIR-CONDITIONING 

Men  to  train  under  direct  supervision  of  factory  engineers,  appointed  under  arrange- 
ment with  50  leading  manufacturers.  Men  with  A-l  character  references,  education 
and  experience  will  be  accepted  for  training. 

Program  consists  of  preliminary  training  at  home  which  will  not  interfere  ■with  present 
employment,  finishing  with  intensive  practical  training  in  our  Laboratories  and  Shops. 
Placement  service  to  graduates.  Write,  giving  age,  phone,  present  employment,  to 
R.  and  A.  C.  Institute,  No.  50  N.  Main,  Room  3. 


HOBS  GOODS 

AK8MKTAN0SUI-. 

THUOtWITNc 

'CUSSMBUMUSIS 


DIRECTORY 

>  THAN 

OK  EARTH    - 


R.  I.  Polk  &  Co. 

Directory  Publishers 

Established  in  Utah 
1890 

District  Office 


405  Dooly  Block— Salt  Lake  City 


we  os  1 1  ic  . . . 

A  COMPLETE 
ENGRAVING  SERVICE 

From  Missionary  portraits  to  the  largest 

catalogues. 

Mail  Orders  Given  Prompt  Attention. 

UTAH  ENGRAVING  CO. 

113  Regent  St.  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


722 


Forty  Years  of  Service 

(Continued  from  page  720) 

ed  that  The  Improvement  Era 
should  be  increased  in  effectiveness 
and  distributed  more  generally  over 
the  Church.  George  Q.  Morris,  who 
had  been  a  member  of  the  committee 
on  finance  and  publications  for  sev- 
eral years,  was  made  chairman,  and 
two  new  members,  John  D.  Giles  and 
Stringam  A.  Stevens,  both  men  of 
wide  experience  in  such  matters, 
were  called  to  the  board  and  made 
members  of  the  Era  committee. 

This  committee,  with  Hugh  J. 
Cannon,  Associate  Editor,  and  O. 
B.  Peterson  as  secretary,  held  meet- 
ings at  8  o'clock  each  morning  five 
days  a  week  for  many  weeks.  A 
survey  covering  every  phase  of  the 
problem  was  conducted.  The  results 
with  recommendations  contained  in 
a  10,000  word  written  and  illus- 
trated report  was  presented  to  the 
General  Superintendency  —  Elders 
George  Albert  Smith,  Richard  R. 
Lyman,  and  Melvin  J.  Ballard — and 
with  their  enthusiastic  approval  sub- 
mitted to  the  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  general 
board,  where  unanimous  approval 
also  was  given. 

The  report  recommended  enlarge- 
ment of  the  size,  scope,  and  increase 
of  circulation  along  lines  followed 
by  standard  national  magazines 
with  definite  recommendations  cov- 
ering editorial  policy,  definite  fields 
for  feature  articles,  advertising, 
circulation  and  organization. 

At  this  point  it  was  considered  ad- 
visable to  invite  the  Young  Women's 
Mutual  Improvement  Association  to 
merge  their  magazine,  The  Young 
Woman's  Journal,  with  the  Era, 
making  one  big,  representative  mag- 
azine for  the  M.  I.  A.  conjointly  and 
the  Priesthood,  Church  Department 
of  Education,  Church  Music  Com- 
mittee, and  other  Church  agencies. 
This  invitation  was  accepted  and  a 
joint  committee  representing  both 
boards  was  formed  to  lay  plans  for 
the  combined  magazine. 

The  new  committee  quickly  com- 
pleted its  plans  which  received  the 
hearty  approval  and  endorsement  of 
the  First  Presidency  and  at  June 
Conference  of  1929  the  joint  pub- 
lication was  announced  and  a 
Church-wide  subscription  campaign 
launched.  When  the  campaign 
reached  its  climax  more  than  44,000 
subscriptions  had  been  received — 
the  largest  circulation  of  any  mag- 
azine in  the  history  of  the  Church. 
The  newly  combined  Church-wide 
magazine  was  welcomed  into  the 
[Concluded  on  page  724) 
These  Advertisements  Help  Support  "The  Improvement  Era." 


Greetings  From  Utah's  Largest  and  Finest  Hotel 


40 


YEARS 
SOON 
FLY- 


WE  SINCERELY  HOPE  TO 
MAKE  TIME  SPENT  AT  THE 
UTAH,    PASS    PLEASANTLY  .  .  . 


The  Utah  was  Formally  Opened  June  8th,  1911 
2  Years  Under  Construction 


This  year  marks  a  milestone  in  the  life  of  President  Heber  J.  Grant.  40  years  ago  he 
founded  the  Improvement  Era — an  institution  that  has  been  a  power  for  good  in  dis- 
seminating information  about  Latter-day  Saint  activities.  We  heartily  congratulate 
President  Grant  and  the  Improvement  Era  on  a  good  job,  well  done. 

Since  1911,  the  Hotel  Utah  has  been  the  leading  hotel  in  the  intermountain  country.  Our 
modernization  program,  started  in  March,  1935,  solidly  cements  the  Utah's  position  as 
"A  Great  Hotel  in  a  Great  City." 

Make  the  Utah  your  headquarters  when  in  Salt  Lake  City — nothing  has  or  will  be 
spared  to  make  your  visit  most  enjoyable. 

NOW — Public  Rooms  are  completely  air  conditioned. 


OFFICERS  AND   DIRECTORS 


Heber  J.  Grant,  President 

R.  W.  Madsen,  Vice-President 

David  A.  Smith,  Secretary 

Edgar  S.   Hill,  Treasurer 

Guy  R.  Toombes,  Managing   Director 


Orval   W.    Adams 
Alvin  Beesley 
Sylvester  Q.  Cannon 
J.  Reuben  Clark,  Jr. 
Reed   Smoot 
Antoine  R.  Ivins 


0.   D.   Romney 

E.   P.  Snow 

Wm.  H.  Mclntyre,  Jr. 

Edward  L.  Burton 

W.   M.   Bransford 

W.   F.  Armstrong 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     193/ 


GIVE 
IT 

THE 


TEST 


mm. 


•  KNOW  BEFORE  YOU  BUY 

how  and  why  the  Easy- Writing 
Royal  saves  time  and  money. 
Phone  for  a  free  10-day  DESK 
TEST  in  your  office.  No  obligation. 

COMPANY  NAME,  ADDRESS 
AND    TELEPHONE    NUMBER 


WORLDS  NO.  1  TYPEWRITER 

wiiii  in wi'  ■!■!  iiii    iii  mumimi'iiiii  iiiininmm 

ROYAL 
TYPEWRITER 
COMPANY,  Inc. 

20  Post  Office  Place 
Salt  Lake  City.  Utah 
Telephone   Was.    5608 


FORTY  YEARS  OF  SERVICE 

(Concluded  from  page  722) 


field  in  November,  1929,  with  an  edi- 
torial greeting  by  the  First  Pres- 
idency of  the  Church. 

In  1929,  when  the  two  maga- 
zines merged,  Miss  Clarissa  A. 
Beesley,  a  member  of  the  presiden- 
cy of  the  General  Board  of  the 
Young  Women's  Mutual  Improve- 
ment Association,  was  made  asso- 
ciate manager  of  the  Era,  represent- 
ing the  young  women,  and  in  1930, 
O.  B.  Peterson,  who  had  served  a 
number  of  years  with  Edward  H. 
Anderson,  was  named  assistant 
business  manager,  and  in  1933  busi- 
ness manager,  at  which  time  Elder 
Melvin  J.  Ballard  became  General 
Manager,  which  was  a  newly  cre- 
ated title  so  far  as  the  Era  is  con- 
cerned. 

Upon  the  reorganization  of  the 
General  Board  of  the  Young  Men's 
Mutual  Improvement  Association  in 
1935,  the  present  officers  of  the 
magazine  were  installed,  O.  B.  Pe- 
terson resigning  to  enter  the  print- 
ing business  for  himself  in  Califor- 
nia. And  so  the  staff  as  at  present 
constituted  includes  the  following: 
Editors,  Heber  J.  Grant  and  John 
A.  Widtsoe;  Managing  Editor, 
Richard  L.  Evans;  Associate  Editor, 
Marba  C.  Josephson;  General  Man- 
ager, George  Q.  Morris;  Associate 
Manager,  Clarissa  A.  Beesley; 
Business  Manager,  John  K.  Orton. 

The  active  business  and  editorial 
responsibility  of  the  magazine  is 
chargeable  to  the  managing  editor. 

YJiTiTH  the  passing  years,  enthusi- 
asm for  The  Improvement  Era 
has  grown.  From  an  infant  without 
financial  backing  except  in  the  faith 
and  love  of  the  young  men  of  the 
Church,  it  has  grown  to  be  an  influ- 
ential periodical  with  a  circulation 
of  approximately  forty  thousand, 
placing  it  among  the  well-supported 
magazines  of  the  nation.  It  is  a 
member  of  the  Audit  Bureau  of  Cir- 
culations, maintains  advertising  rep- 
resentatives in  the  principal  business 
markets  of  the  nation,  and  is  a  con- 
stant visitor  in  scores  of  the  coun- 
try's leading  libraries. 

From  the  beginning,  the  maga- 
zine has  fostered  the  arts.  Young 
writers  of  the  Church  and  many 
from  outside  have  found  its  pages 
friendly  and  have  received  encour- 
agement by  having  the  best  of  their 
material  published.  Artists  as  well 
as  writers  of  all  kinds  have  been 
thrilled   to   see   their   material   used 


in  a  place  where  it  will  be  preserved 
permanently. 

With  the  Church  expanding  on 
every  side,  with  regular  stakes  of 
Zion  being  set  up  in  far  distant 
places  and  on  the  islands  of  the 
sea,  with  Church  membership  and 
Church  branches  in  many  countries, 
the  mission  of  the  Era  has  grown  in 
importance.  It  is  the  tie  that  binds. 
It  is  the  chain  which  links  stake  to 
stake,  ward  to  ward,  branch  to 
branch,  mission  to  mission,  and 
Saint  to  Saint.  Some  day,  perhaps, 
it  will  be  important  in  making  for 
the  understanding  that  must  come 
between  nations. 

With  forty  years  of  splendid  his- 
tory and  tradition  behind  it,  built  up- 
on faith  in  the  young  people  of  the 
Church,  a  faith  that  is  glowing  more 
brightly  as  the  years  are  passing, 
and  as  understanding  and  knowl- 
edge increase,  The  Improvement 
Era  is  ready  to  go  forward.  Repre- 
senting the  Church,  carrying  in  its 
pages  the  most  important  pro- 
nouncements of  the  First  Presidency 
and  General  Authorities  of  the 
Church,  it  is  a  magazine  that  should 
be  in  every  home  where  Latter-day 
Saints  dwell. 

The  spirit  of  the  Era  has  not 
changed.  For  forty  years  it  has 
been  a  steady  voice  in  a  changing 
world,  a  world  filled  with  doubt, 
with  apprehension,  with  disaster 
and  despair.  Those  blessed  people 
who  have  made  the  magazine  a  con- 
stant visitor  to  their  homes  and  a 
constant  companion  of  their  chil- 
dren will  agree  with  President  Grant 
when  as  manager  he  wrote  to  the 
assistant  editor,  Edward  H.  An- 
derson: 

Personally,  I  would  not  be  without  the 
valuable  instructions  in  the  Era  for  ten 
times  the  price  of  the  subscription.  Many 
complain  that  they  can  get  a  larger  eastern 
paper  for  less,  but  this  only  shows  that 
they  do  not  know  how  to  estimate  value. 
Life  Eternal  is  the  Pearl  of  Great  Price 
we  are  after,  and  little,  if  anything,  to  aid 
us  in  securing  it  is  to  be  found  in  the  east- 
ern magazines,  if  they  do  print  more  mat- 
ter; but  much  is  printed  that  will  cause 
us  to  lose  this,  the  greatest  of  all  God's 
gifts  to  man. 

As  the  radio  beam  directs  the 
pilot  of  the  air  through  storm  and 
fog  and  darkness  safely  to  his  land- 
ing field,  may  The  Improvement  Era 
continue  to  direct  those  who  read 
it  and  heed  the  messages  contained 
therein  into  a  peaceful,  happy,  and 
successful  life. 


724 


These  Advertisers  Help  Support  Your  Magazine* 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


^^^^ 


The    Most    Beautiful    and    Efficient 
Heater     for     Western     Homes.... 


What  a  contrast  there  is  between  the  old  base- 
burner  and  the  beautiful  modern  Pacific  Super- 
Heater  !  A  contrast  not  only  in  appearance,  but 
in  efficiency  as  well !  The  Super-Heater  offers 
you  the  last  word  in  comfort  and  economy. 
It  is  the  only  heater  ever  designed  especially 
to  burn  Western  coal — the  kind  of  coal  you 
use. 

Among  its   superior   features   are :    extra  large 
combustion  chamber  and  hot-blast   superheater 


which  assure  complete  combustion  of  fuel ;  extra 
large  humidifier ;  firepot  guaranteed  against 
burning  out  for  five  years.  Its  modern  dis- 
tinctive lines  and  gleaming  porcelain  enamel 
duotone  finish  make  it  an  appliance  you  will  be 
proud  to  have  in  your  home. 

Dealers  in  most  intermountain  communities. 
If  your  dealer  does  not  handle  the  Super-Heater, 
write  to  the  factory  at  Provo  for  information. 


MORE  HEAT  FROM  LESS  FUEL  WITH  LESS  SMOKE 

Manufactured    by    Pleating    Appliance    Division,    Pacific    States   Cast  Iron  Pipe   Company,    Provo,   Utah 


'The  Improvement  Era"  Believes  in  its  Advertisers — Patronize  Them. 


725 


THE     IMPROVEMENT     ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


r 


n-.— M— »tl«— II  Ilii— II  II— ti— —  II— —  h^— it— — 11-^—  »■ 


DINWOODEY'S  ! 


There  Is 

No  Substitute 

For 

Quality 


37  West  First  South 

MillMFII       -in n-      i tt  i  I  ■  —  -.,,— 

[Personal 
Christmas 

Claras ... 


Order  your  personal  Christmas 
cards  NOW.  We  have  several  lines 
of  new  and  beautiful  cards  from 
which  to  choose. 

If  you  cannot  come  in  to  select 
your  cards,  let  us  choose  them  for 
you.  Simply  write  in,  telling  us 
the  style  of  card  and  type  of  senti- 
ment you  desire,  and  the  price  you 
wish  to  pay.  We  feel  confident 
we  can  select  a  card  that  will 
please  you. 


DESERET  BOOK 
COMPANY 

44  East  South  Temple 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


BE    INDEPENDENT 

No  Other  Vocation  So  Profitable 
ENROLL   NOW 

For  a  Complete  Course  at  the 

Quish  School  of  Beauty  Culture 


% 
<& 


S«8 


~Jty 


*>, 


Ofe 


The  Best  in  the  West 

304-9  Ezra  Thompson  Bldg. 
SALT  LAKE   CITY,    UTAH 
For  Further  Information 
and  Catalog  Call 
Wasatch  7560  or 
Fill  in  This 
Coupon 


FORTY  YEARS  OF  CHANGE 


THE  TELEPHONE  OF  THE  PRESENT.     (SEE  PAGE 
70S     FOR     ITS    ANTIQUATED     PREDECESSOR.) 

(Concluded  [com  page  675) 
cause  they  were  earnest  and  sincere 
and  driven  by  vicissitude  they  left 
out  every  non-essential.  Thus  was 
achieved  a  purity  of  style  that  has 
never  been  surpassed.  It  was  only 
when  the  later  crop  of  American 
millionaires  sprang  up  that  this  beau- 
tiful simplicity  was  forsaken  for  an 
ugly  ornateness  that  is  character- 
istic of  later  building.  And  just  as 
we  should  return  to  the  colonial 
period  for  standards  of  good  taste  in 
architecture,  so  we  can  profitably 
turn  to  it  for  instruction  in  other 
lines.  For  the  pioneer  periods  of 
all  history  are  periods  of  inspiration. 
Then  it  is  that  stern  necessity  drives 
people  to  do  the  important  thing, 
and  no  one  has  time  for  traditional 
nonsense.  Just  so,  the  Lord  led  the 
Hebrews  through  the  desert  for 
forty  years  to  purge  from  them  the 
diseased  culture  of  Egypt.  Only 
then  were  they  ready  to  start  a  new 
civilization  in  the  promised  land. 

X. 

HTurning  now  to  our  own  people,  it 
may  be  said  that  with  the  cele- 
bration of  the  Jubilee  Year,  1897, 
the  pioneer  phase  of  Mormonism 
had  ended.  Communities  had  been 
founded,  irrigation  had  become 
workable,  and  economic  security 
had  been  more  or  less  achieved  for 
the  Saints  in  the  mountainous  des- 
erts of  the  West. 

Political  security,  too,  for  the  first 
time  in  the  stormy  history  of  the 
Church,  was  apparently  within  the 
grasp  of  the  freedom-loving  Saints. 
With  the  issuance  of  the  manifesto 
releasing  the  Church  from  the  heavy 
responsibilities  of  plural  marriage, 
the  strategic  advantage  of  foes  who 
sought  to  wrest  political  control  in 
the  intermountain  country  was  at  an 
end.  Statehood  had  finally  been 
vouchsafed  Utah,  the  spectres  of 
disfranchisement  and  escheat  had 
dropped  below  our  horizon,  and  a 
native  son,  the  choice  of  the  people, 
was  seated  in  the  gubernatorial  chair 
in  Utah. 


Thus  a  new  era  of  relative  toler- 
ation and  recognition  was  opening 
up  before  the  Saints.  Since  1830 
they  had  been  ringed  about  most  of 
the  time  with  intolerant  foes.  Now 
after  nearly  seventy  years  there 
came  at  last  the  promise  of  release 
from  the  cumulative  emotional  stress 
occasioned  by  constant  threat  of  de- 
privation of  life,  freedom,  or  prop- 
erty. 

Some  part  at  least  of  this  grateful 
change  in  the  situation  of  the  Latter- 
day  Saints  is  due,  I  think,  to  a 
change  in  American  manners.  Who 
can  read  biography  of  the  nineteenth 
century  without  getting  a  picture  of 
the  typical  Yankee  of  that  period 
as  a  well-meaning  but  inflammable 
creature  whose  instinct  in  case  of 
dispute  was  to  resort,  not  to  law, 
but  to  the  weapons  of  anarchy?  It 
was  an  exuberant  age,  of  intem- 
perate speech  and  mob  action,  and 
Mormons  were  not  the  only  victims 
of  it.  Something  of  this  still  persists 
in  the  feuds  and  lynchings  of  some 
sections  of  the  South  and  in  the  dis- 
orderly handling  of  strikes  in  the 
North.  But  in  the  main,  Americans 
have  become  more  civilized — have 
acquired  more  of  the  virtues  of  tol- 
erance and  submission  to  the  slow- 
ness and  orderliness  of  law. 

But  we  are  living  in  topsy-turvy 
times.  Knowledge  has  seemingly 
been  poured  out  on  the  world  faster 
than  humanity  can  assimilate  it. 
We  use  our  wonderful  inventions 
like  children  playing  with  new 
toys.  .  .  Spurts  of  progress  are  made 
along  certain  lines,  but  the  result  is 
an  unbalanced  development.  .  .  We 
starve  because  we  have  too  much.  .  . 
Our  moral  fibre  softens,  and,  like 
Esau,  we  trade  our  wonderful 
heritage  of  colonial  and  pioneer 
puritanism  for  the  exciting  pottage 
of  the  Gentiles. 

Our  great  need  is  balance— spir- 
itual growth  must  not  be  outstripped 
by  material  progress.  But  real  spir- 
itual growth  does  not  come  by 
prayer  and  contemplation  alone.  It 
comes  by  giving  and  building.  The 
best  thing  Mormons  can  do  now  is 
the  very  thing  that  made  the  pio- 
neers glorious:  forget  self  in  the 
grand  project  of  "building  up  the 
Kingdom."  That  involves  the 
founding  and  preserving  of  self- 
sustaining  communities  in  which 
each  individual  is  as  interested  in  the 
welfare  of  the  others  as  he  is  in  his 
own — the  building  of  a  Zion  of  such 
beauty  and  loveliness  and  neighbor- 
liness  that  Christ  Himself  will  want 
to  come  and  live  in  it. 


726 


When  You  Purchase  Goods  or  Services  Mention  "The  improvement  Era." 


THE     IMPROVEMENT    ERA,     NOVEMBER,     1937 


UTAH  POULTRY 
PRODUCERS... 


"Go  to  Town  ". .. .Through  Co-operation 

Fifteen  years  ago  a  small  group  of  Utah  men  got  together  for  the  purpose 
of  organizing  an  egg  and  poultry  "co-operative".  This  was  in  August,  1922, 
in  Gunnison,  Utah.  Six  months  later  this  local  association  became  a  state- 
wide association,  representing  more  than  50  %  of  all  the  commercial  producers 
of  eggs  and  poultry  in  Utah. 

The  growth  of  the  Association  and  the  corresponding  growth  of  Utah's 
poultry  industry  from  then  on  reads  like  a  fairy  tale.  Tradition  has  it  that  the 
total  net  export  of  all  poultry  products  from  Utah  in  1922,  was  10  carloads.  Since 
then,  due  largely  to  the  influence  of  the  Association  on  production  and  export 
sales,  nearly  2000  cars  of  poultry  products  have  been  exported  from  the  state 
in  a  single  year,  with  a  return  to  the  grower  of  upwards  of  $14,000,000  from  eggs 
alone,  in  a  peak  year,  for  one  of  Utah's  largest  cash  agricultural  crops. 

EAT   MORE    EGGS 
The  Perfect  Food 

Association  eggs  are  sold  in  the  blue  and  white  carton  under  the  "Milk 
White"  trade  mark,  through  leading  grocers.    "Milk  White"  eggs  "top"  the 
market  in  quality  wherever  sold.    They  are  "candled"  and  graded  for  uniform 
quality  and  size.    Eat  more  "Milk  White"  Eggs — for  health  and  economy.    They 
are  the  perfect  food. 

UTAH  POULTRY  PRODUCERS 

CO-OPERATIVE   ASSOCIATION 


ON    THE    RADIO 

K  S  L 


"MILK  WHITE"  Morning  Matinee 

with  Judith  Adams  and  her  Food  Talks — 
Tues.,  Thurs.,  Sat.  9:45 — Mountain  Time 


"The  Improvement  Era's"  Advertisers  Merit  Your  Patronage.  '*' 


LET'S  SAY  IT   CORRECTLY 

Baden-Powell.  The  only  way  we  can  be  sure  we  are 
correct  in  pronouncing  English  names  is  to  look  for  the 
proper  pronunciation  and  then  cling  to  it.  Ba — a  as  in  ate; 
den — e  as  in  silent;  po  (the  w  you  will  see  is  omitted  entirely) 
— the  o  as  in  old;  ell — the  e  again  as  in  silent.  The  accent 
follows  the  ba  (long  a,  remember!)  and  po  (also  a  long  o!) 
Spectator — preferably  the  accent  follows  the  second  syllable. 
Spec — the  e  as  in  end;  ta — a  as  in  are — and  the  accent  follows 
this  syllable;  tor — the  o  loses  its  identity  and  is  pronounced 
as  the  e  in  maker. 

Finale:  Since  we  are  now  considering  the  opera,  let's  get 
the  pronunciation  of  this  word  right.  Ft — the  i  becomes  as 
the  first  e  in  event;  na — the  a  is  pronounced  as  in  the  word 
arm;  le,  preferably  the  e  becomes  as  the  a  in  the  word  chaotic; 
a  second  choice  permits  it  the  sound  of  the  first  e  in  event. 
The  accent  follows  na. 

- <8> 

^"Dnclosed  article  appeared  in  the  Southwest  News  Press, 
"L-*   a  semi-weekly  community  paper  of  this  city,  under  date 
of  April  26,  1937. 

"Yours  respectfully, 
(Signed)    "G.  W.  Wurzbach." 

Member  Wilshire  Ward. 

Enclosed  clipping :  Youth  Exonerated — By  Dan  O'Connell 

"Older  folks  are  ever  talking  about  the  younger  generation. 
Flaming  youth!  Begging  to  differ,  we  offer  an  indisputable 
fact  to  the  contrary.  We  went  to  a  dance  at  a  Latter-day 
Saint  Church  last  Tuesday.  They  have  a  gathering  every 
Tuesday.  Inside  was  a  cross  section  of  high  school  lads  and 
lassies.  Many  we  recognized  and  knew  that  they,  like  us,  were 
not  members  of  this  Church.  The  evening  was  one  of  gaiety 
and  laughter.  At  the  conclusion  one  of  the  men  got  up  to  say 
a  prayer  aloud.  All  heads  were  bowed.  Quietly,  we  raised 
our  eyes  and  glanced  about  for  signs  of  snickering  and  flip- 
pancy during  this  solemn  moment.  All  heads  were  reverently 
bent.  Not  a  sound  was  heard.  Greatly  impressed,  we  left 
that  fine  church.  As  long  as  such  manifestations  of  piety  are 
present,  youth  has  nothing  to  fear." — Southwest  News  Press. 

<$> 


SILENCE  WITH  A  KICK 


State  College,  Pennsylvania. 
".  .  .  As  a  boy  I  helped  to  get  Era  subscriptions  when  it 
was  in  the  volumes  about  3  to  10.  The  M.  I.  A.  was  my 
favorite  organization.  After  these  many  years  I  find  that  the 
M.  I.  A.  has  given  me  training  that  I  could  get  in  no  other 
organization  on  earth.  It  has  molded  my  life  and  has  given  me 
an  ideal  to  do  something  in  this  world.  I  hope  the  young 
people  in  the  Church  fully  appreciate  what  they  have  in  the 
M.  I.  A.  organization.  I  would  sacrifice  much  to  be  back 
where  I  could  attend  Mutual  Improvement  Association  and 
give  my  boy  the  same  opportunity. 

"Best  wishes  and  best  of  luck, 

(Signed)  "George  L.  Zundel." 
. <$> 


a 


Swiss-German  Mission 
Leimenstrasse  49,  Basel,  Switzerland 

We  assure  you  that  the  Era  is  one  of  the  finest  sources 
of  material  for  the  missionaries  that  we  have.     Many 
have  been  further  distributed  among  our  friends. 

"Accept  our  kindest  thanks  in  advance  for  the  above  favor 
as  well  as  our  best  wishes  for  your  success. 
"Sincerely  your  brethren, 

"Swiss-German  Mission, 
(Signed)    "Sanford  M.  Bingham,  Sec." 


"W 


Darmstadt,  Germany. 
E,  THE  missionaries  of  the  Frankforter  district  of  the 
Swiss-German  Mission,  also  wish  to  express  our 
appreciation  for  the  Era  and  what  it  means  to  us.  We  can 
hardly  wait  each  month  until  it  comes,  and  when  it  does 
everything  is  laid  aside  until  it  is  read.  We  really  learn  to 
appreciate  it  when  we  get  so  far  away  from  Zion.  I  read  it 
from  cover  to  cover  and  enjoy  every  bit  of  it. 
"Sincerely  your  brother, 

(Signed)  "Clark  J.  Gubler, 

"Advisory  Elder." 


**"P7VERY  time  my  wife  hears  a  noise  at  night  she  thinks  it's 

*—*  burglars  and  wakes  me  up." 

"But  burglars  don't  make  any  noise." 

"So  I  told  her.     So  now  she  wakes  me  up  when  she  doesn't 
hear  anything!" — Bystander  (London). 


it 


f  understand  the  Blanks  are  strict  vegetarians. 


'Strict!    I  should  say  they  are.    Why,  they  won't  even  let 
their  children  eat  animal  crackers."- — Onward. 


DISCOVERY 


n 


Silk  stockings  were  invented  in  Queen  Elizabeth's  time," 
said  the  man  who  knows  everything. 
"Yes,"   commented   another,   "but   they   weren't   discovered 
till  the  twentieth  century. " — Midwest  Review. 

<8> 


All  the  triple-threat  men  aren't  football  players.    We  know 
a  fellow  who  can't  attend  a  party  without  wanting  to  recite 
poetry,  play  a  saxophone,  or  give  imitations  of  Harry  Lauder. 

— Judge. 

■ <*> 


IT  seems  a  shame  that  future  generations  can't  be  here  now  to 
see  for  themselves  all  the  splendid  things  we're  doing  with 
their  money. — N.  S.  in  the  Saturday  Evening  Post. 

THE   SAME  ABSENT-MINDED   PROFESSOR 

Professor:     "I  forgot  my  umbrella  this  morning." 
His  Wife:      "How  did  you  remember  that  you  had   for- 
gotten it?" 

Prof.:     "Well,  I  missed  it  when  I  raised  my  hand  to  close 
it  after  the  rain  stopped." — Y.  C.  Messenger. 

■ $ 


Horse  sense  is  stable  thinking — The  Safe  Worker. 

THEY  MUSTN'T  BE  MISLED 

rEACHER:     "Robert,  if  you  are  always  very  kind  and  polite 
to  all  your  playmates,  what  will  they  think  of  you?" 
Robert     "Some  of  'em  will  think  they  can  lick  me!"- — Vision. 

MORE  RARE  THAN  HONESTY 


Diogenes  was  wandering   aimlessly  around  the  town  with 
his  lantern. 
"Still  looking  for  an  honest  man?"  sarcastically  inquired  a 
cop. 

"No,"  he  snapped,  "for  a  parking  place." — Selected. 


728 


'JiAMud— 


gifefieqiiu 


■ — This  augurs  well  for  The  Improvement  Era, 

passing  the  fortieth  milestone  on  a  career  of 
increasing  usefulness. 

—Truth  of  this  modern  maxim  is  proved  by  your 
home  railroad,  more  helpful  than  ever  in  de- 
velopment of  Utah  and  Colorado  after  68 
years  of  faithful  transportation  service  to  the 
Intermountain  West. 

The  Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Western  was  an  ad- 
vertiser in  the  first  volume  of  The  Improvement 

Era,  forty  years  ago,  and  this  railroad's  service 
has  contributed  to  the  growth  of  the  great  Inland 
West  each  succeeding  year. 


rOYAC 

GORGE 


MOFFAT 
SCENIC  LINE 

OF  THE 

WORLD 


wilson  McCarthy 
henry  swan 

Trustees 


For  transportation  information 

O.  J.  GRIMES,  Assistant  Traffic  Manager 

24  South  Main  Street  Salt  Lake  City 


DENVER  &  RIO  CRANDE 
WESTERN  RAILROAD 


RESERVE    STRENCT 


Life,  like  football,  is  a  game  of  skill, 
endurance,  and  team-work.  And,  in 
life,  as  in  football,  reserve  strength 
often  means  the  difference  between 
defeat  and  victory. 

Let's  think  of  your  family  as  a  foot- 
ball team.  You,  the  father,  are  the 
captain  and  quarterback.  You  are 
carrying  the  ball  now,  and  you're 
making  gains.  It  looks  as  if  your 
team  will  win.  But  suppose  the  Head 
Coach  sees  fit  to  take  you  out  of  the 
game.  Without  your  help  the  re- 
mainder of  the  team — your  wife  and 
family — will  be  disastrously  handi- 
capped. 


You  can  provide  a  "reserve  play- 
er" to  step  into  your  place  and  help 
your  family  win.  This  reserve  player 
is  life  insurance;  and  though  it  may 
not  be  the  versatile  "triple-threat" 
man  that  you  are,  life  insurance  is 
thoroughly  dependable  and  always 
comes  through  in  a  pinch. 

Begin  now  a  systematic  insurance 
plan  in  this  strong  company.  Bene- 
ficial agents  are  willing  and  compe- 
tent to  help  you  plan  a  life  insurance 
program.  If  you  do  not  know  who 
your  nearest  Beneficial  agent  is, 
write  the  home  office. 


KNHMAL IV 


ittufeAficA 


c 


i^Pilf 


Home  Office — Beneficial   Life   Building.   Salt   Lake   City.    Utah 

heber  j.  grant,  president